TW202406939A - Colored composition, film, structure, color filter, and display device - Google Patents

Colored composition, film, structure, color filter, and display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202406939A
TW202406939A TW111149855A TW111149855A TW202406939A TW 202406939 A TW202406939 A TW 202406939A TW 111149855 A TW111149855 A TW 111149855A TW 111149855 A TW111149855 A TW 111149855A TW 202406939 A TW202406939 A TW 202406939A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
mass
group
compound
resin
less
Prior art date
Application number
TW111149855A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
山本啓之
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202406939A publication Critical patent/TW202406939A/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F20/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride, ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F265/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers of unsaturated monocarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof as defined in group C08F20/00
    • C08F265/04Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers of unsaturated monocarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof as defined in group C08F20/00 on to polymers of esters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F265/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers of unsaturated monocarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof as defined in group C08F20/00
    • C08F265/04Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers of unsaturated monocarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof as defined in group C08F20/00 on to polymers of esters
    • C08F265/06Polymerisation of acrylate or methacrylate esters on to polymers thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L51/00Compositions of graft polymers in which the grafted component is obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L51/00Compositions of graft polymers in which the grafted component is obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L51/003Compositions of graft polymers in which the grafted component is obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers grafted on to macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving unsaturated carbon-to-carbon bonds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0033Blends of pigments; Mixtured crystals; Solid solutions
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a colored composition capable of forming films having excellent moisture resistance, a film, a structure, a color filter, and a display device. The colored composition comprises colorants and a resin and is for use in forming the green pixels of color filters. The colorants comprise Color-Index Pigment Green 36, at least one colorant a selected from among Color-Index Pigment Blue 15:3, Color-Index Pigment Blue 15:4, Color-Index Pigment Blue 16, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds, and naphthalocyanine compounds, and one or more yellow colorants including an isoindoline compound, wherein the content of the isoindoline compound in the yellow colorants is 50 mass% or higher.

Description

著色組成物、膜、結構體、濾色器及顯示裝置Colored compositions, films, structures, color filters and display devices

本發明係有關一種著色組成物。更詳細而言,有關一種用於濾色器的像素形成等之著色組成物。又,本發明係有關一種使用了著色組成物之膜、濾色器、顯示裝置及結構體。The present invention relates to a coloring composition. More specifically, the invention relates to a coloring composition used for pixel formation of color filters and the like. Furthermore, the present invention relates to a film, a color filter, a display device and a structure using a colored composition.

在各種顯示裝置中,為了顯示圖像的彩色化,通常使用濾色器。例如,在專利文獻1中記載了使用包含C.I.顏料綠59、藍色色材及黃色色材之著色組成物來製造濾色器的綠色像素。In various display devices, color filters are generally used to colorize display images. For example, Patent Document 1 describes manufacturing a green pixel of a color filter using a coloring composition containing C.I. Pigment Green 59, a blue color material, and a yellow color material.

[專利文獻1]日本特開2014-078037號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-078037

對於濾色器等中所使用之膜,近年來要求在耐濕性方面進一步提高性能。In recent years, films used in color filters and the like have been required to further improve their performance in terms of moisture resistance.

依據本發明人的研究,已知在專利文獻1中所記載之著色組成物中,關於所獲得之膜的耐濕性有進一步改善的空間。According to studies by the present inventors, it has been found that in the colored composition described in Patent Document 1, there is room for further improvement in the moisture resistance of the film obtained.

藉此,本發明的目的為提供一種能夠形成耐濕性優異的膜之著色組成物。又,本發明的目的為提供一種使用了著色組成物之膜、結構體、濾色器及顯示裝置。Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a colored composition capable of forming a film with excellent moisture resistance. Furthermore, an object of the present invention is to provide a film, a structure, a color filter, and a display device using a colored composition.

依據本發明人的研究,發現藉由使用後述著色組成物而能夠實現上述目的,從而完成了本發明。本發明提供以下。Based on research by the present inventors, it was found that the above object can be achieved by using a coloring composition described below, and the present invention was completed. The present invention provides the following.

<1>一種著色組成物,其係包含著色劑和樹脂之濾色器的綠色像素用著色組成物,其中 上述著色劑包含: 比色指數顏料綠36; 選自比色指數顏料藍15:3、比色指數顏料藍15:4、比色指數顏料藍16、鋁酞青化合物及萘酞青化合物中之至少1種著色劑a;及 包含異吲哚啉化合物之黃色著色劑, 上述黃色著色劑中的上述異吲哚啉化合物的含量為50質量%以上。 <2>如<1>所述之著色組成物,其中 相對於上述著色劑a的100質量份,包含265質量份以上的上述異吲哚啉化合物。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之著色組成物,其中 上述異吲哚啉化合物包含比色指數顏料黃185。 <4>如<1>或<2>所述之著色組成物,其中 上述異吲哚啉化合物包含比色指數顏料黃185和比色指數顏料黃139。 <5>如<1>至<4>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 上述著色組成物的總固體成分中的上述著色劑的含量為30~65質量%。 <6>如<1>至<5>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 關於上述著色組成物,相對於波長400~700nm的光之吸光度中在波長526~545nm的範圍內具有吸光度的最小值, 將相對於波長450nm的光之吸光度設為1時,吸光度成為0.20之波長分別存在於490~525nm的範圍內和550~590nm的範圍內, 相對於波長450nm的光之吸光度A 450與相對於波長650nm的光之吸光度A 650之比亦即A 450/A 650為0.40~2.00。 <7>如<1>至<6>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 上述樹脂包括選自鹼性樹脂、具有磷酸基之樹脂及具有芳香族羧基之樹脂中之至少1種樹脂。 <8>如<1>至<7>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 上述樹脂包括鹼可溶性樹脂。 <9>如<1>至<8>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其還包含聚合性單體及光聚合起始劑。 <10>如<9>所述之著色組成物,其中 上述聚合性單體包括包含含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團和伸烷氧基之化合物。 <11>一種膜,其使用<1>至<10>之任一項所述之著色組成物來獲得。 <12>一種結構體,其具有: 綠色像素,係使用<1>至<10>之任一項所述之著色組成物來獲得; 紅色像素;及 藍色像素。 <13>如<12>所述之結構體,其中 上述紅色像素中,相對於400~550nm的波長的光之透射率的最大值為5%以下,相對於600~700nm的波長的光之透射率的最小值為40%以上。 <14>一種濾色器,其具有<11>所述之膜。 <15>一種顯示裝置,其具有<11>所述之膜。 [發明效果] <1> A coloring composition for green pixels, which is a color filter containing a colorant and a resin, wherein the colorant contains: Colorimetric Index Pigment Green 36; Colorimetric Index Pigment Blue 15:3 , colorimetric index pigment blue 15:4, colorimetric index pigment blue 16, at least one colorant a among aluminum phthalocyanine compounds and naphthalocyanine compounds; and a yellow colorant containing an isoindoline compound, the above-mentioned yellow coloring The content of the above-mentioned isoindoline compound in the agent is 50% by mass or more. <2> The colored composition according to <1>, which contains 265 parts by mass or more of the isoindoline compound relative to 100 parts by mass of the colorant a. <3> The colored composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the isoindoline compound contains a colorimetric index Pigment Yellow 185. <4> The colored composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the isoindoline compound contains a colorimetric index Pigment Yellow 185 and a colorimetric index Pigment Yellow 139. <5> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the content of the colorant in the total solid content of the colored composition is 30 to 65% by mass. <6> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, which has an absorbance in the range of a wavelength of 526 to 545 nm with respect to light of a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm. Minimum value of The ratio to the absorbance A 650 of light with a wavelength of 650 nm, that is, A 450 /A 650 , is 0.40 to 2.00. <7> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the resin includes at least one resin selected from the group consisting of a basic resin, a resin having a phosphate group, and a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group. . <8> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the resin includes an alkali-soluble resin. <9> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, further comprising a polymerizable monomer and a photopolymerization initiator. <10> The colored composition according to <9>, wherein the polymerizable monomer includes a compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyloxy group. <11> A film obtained using the coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <10>. <12> A structure having: a green pixel obtained using the coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <10>; a red pixel; and a blue pixel. <13> The structure according to <12>, wherein the red pixel has a maximum transmittance of 5% or less with respect to light with a wavelength of 400 to 550 nm, and a maximum value of transmittance with respect to light with a wavelength of 600 to 700 nm. The minimum value of the rate is above 40%. <14> A color filter having the film according to <11>. <15> A display device having the film according to <11>. [Effects of the invention]

依據本發明,能夠提供一種能夠形成耐濕性優異的膜之著色組成物。又,本發明能夠提供一種使用了著色組成物之膜、結構體、濾色器及顯示裝置。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a colored composition capable of forming a film having excellent moisture resistance. Furthermore, the present invention can provide a film, a structure, a color filter, and a display device using a colored composition.

以下,對本發明的內容進行詳細說明。 在本說明書中的基團(原子團)的標記中,未標有經取代及未經取代之標記包含不具有取代基之基團(原子團),並且亦包含具有取代基之基團(原子團)。例如,“烷基”不僅包含不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代之烷基),而且還包含具有取代基之烷基(取代之烷基)。 在本說明書中,所謂“曝光”,只要無特別說明,則除了使用了光之曝光以外,使用了電子束、離子束等粒子射線之描繪亦包含在曝光中。又,作為曝光中所使用之光,通常可舉出以水銀燈的明線光譜、準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等活性光線或放射線。 在本說明書中,使用“~”表示之數值範圍係指將記載於“~”的前後之數值作為下限值及上限值而包含之範圍。 在本說明書中,總固體成分係指從組成物的所有成分中去除溶劑之成分的總質量。 在本說明書中,顏料係指難以溶解於溶劑中的著色劑。 在本說明書中,染料係指容易溶解於溶劑中的著色劑。 在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯這兩者或、任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸這兩者或任一者,“(甲基)烯丙基”表示烯丙基及甲基烯丙基這兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基這兩者或任一者。 在本說明書中,“製程”這一用語,除了獨立之製程以外,即使在無法與其他製程明確地進行區分之情形下,只要發揮該製程的所期望的作用,則亦包含於本專業用語中。 在本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)定義為藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)測量之聚苯乙烯換算值。 The contents of the present invention will be described in detail below. Among the labels for groups (atomic groups) in this specification, labels not indicating substituted and unsubstituted include groups (atomic groups) that do not have a substituent, and groups (atomic groups) that have a substituent are also included. For example, "alkyl" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). In this specification, "exposure" means not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. In addition, the light used for exposure usually includes active light or radiation such as far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams, represented by the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp and excimer laser. In this specification, the numerical range expressed using "~" means a range including the numerical values written before and after "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit. In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of components excluding solvents from all components of the composition. In this specification, a pigment refers to a coloring agent that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent. In this specification, dye refers to a coloring agent that is easily soluble in a solvent. In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means both or either acrylate and methacrylate, and "(meth)acrylic acid" means both or either acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. , "(meth)allyl" represents both or any one of allyl and methallyl, "(meth)acrylyl" represents both acryl and methacrylyl Or either. In this specification, the term "process", in addition to independent processes, is also included in this professional terminology even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes, as long as the expected function of the process is exerted. . In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene conversion values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

<著色組成物> 本發明的著色組成物係包含著色劑和樹脂之濾色器的綠色像素用著色組成物,其特徵為 上述著色劑包含: 比色指數顏料綠36; 選自比色指數顏料藍15:3、比色指數顏料藍15:4、比色指數顏料藍16、鋁酞青化合物及萘酞青化合物中之至少1種著色劑a;及 包含異吲哚啉化合物之黃色著色劑, 黃色著色劑中的異吲哚啉化合物的含量為50質量%以上。 <Coloring composition> The coloring composition of the present invention is a coloring composition for green pixels containing a color filter of a colorant and a resin, and is characterized by: The above colorants include: Colorimetric index pigment green 36; At least one colorant a selected from the group consisting of colorimetric index pigment blue 15:3, colorimetric index pigment blue 15:4, colorimetric index pigment blue 16, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds and naphthalocyanine compounds; and Yellow colorants containing isoindoline compounds, The content of the isoindoline compound in the yellow colorant is 50% by mass or more.

依據本發明的著色組成物,能夠形成耐濕性優異的膜。可獲得該種效果之詳細內容尚不清楚,但是推測為如下者。亦即,推測為,由於本發明的著色組成物包含上述之既定的著色劑,因此在製膜時在膜中由於著色劑彼此的相互作用等而使著色劑彼此的堆積變得密集。因此,推測為,所獲得之膜的疏水性提高,能夠抑制水分侵入膜中。因此,藉由使用本發明的著色組成物,能夠形成耐濕性優異的膜。According to the colored composition of the present invention, a film excellent in moisture resistance can be formed. The details of how this effect can be obtained are not yet clear, but it is presumed to be as follows. That is, it is presumed that since the colored composition of the present invention contains the above-mentioned predetermined colorant, the colorants are densely accumulated in the film due to interaction between the colorants and the like during film formation. Therefore, it is presumed that the hydrophobicity of the obtained membrane is improved and the intrusion of moisture into the membrane can be suppressed. Therefore, by using the colored composition of the present invention, a film excellent in moisture resistance can be formed.

本發明的著色組成物可用作濾色器的綠色像素用著色組成物。本發明的著色組成物能夠較佳地用作顯示裝置用濾色器的綠色像素用著色組成物。作為顯示裝置的種類,並無特別限定,但是可舉出具有有機電致發光顯示裝置等有機半導體元件作為光源之顯示裝置等。 另外,在本說明書中,綠色像素係指藍色與黃色的中間色的色相的像素。綠色像素不限定於純綠色像素,帶藍色的綠色像素、帶黃色的綠色像素亦包含在本案件的綠色像素中。 The colored composition of the present invention can be used as a colored composition for green pixels of color filters. The colored composition of the present invention can be suitably used as a colored composition for green pixels in a color filter for a display device. The type of display device is not particularly limited, but examples include a display device having an organic semiconductor element such as an organic electroluminescence display device as a light source. In addition, in this specification, a green pixel refers to a pixel with a hue that is an intermediate color between blue and yellow. Green pixels are not limited to pure green pixels, and bluish green pixels and yellowish green pixels are also included in the green pixels in this case.

關於本發明的著色組成物,相對於波長400~700nm的光之吸光度中在波長526~545nm的範圍內具有吸光度的最小值, 將相對於波長450nm的光之吸光度設為1時,吸光度成為0.20之波長分別存在於490~525nm的範圍內和550~590nm的範圍內, 相對於波長450nm的光之吸光度A 450與相對於波長650nm的光之吸光度A 650之比亦即A 450/A 650為0.40~2.00為較佳。 The colored composition of the present invention has the minimum absorbance value in the range of 526 to 545 nm in the absorbance of light with a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm. When the absorbance of the light with a wavelength of 450 nm is set to 1, the absorbance becomes 0.20. The wavelengths exist in the range of 490~525nm and in the range of 550~590nm respectively. The ratio of the absorbance A 450 relative to the light with a wavelength of 450 nm and the absorbance A 650 relative to the light with a wavelength of 650 nm is A 450 /A 650 . 0.40~2.00 is better.

關於本發明的著色組成物,上述吸光度的最小值存在於波長528~543nm的範圍內為較佳,存在於波長530~540nm的範圍內為更佳。Regarding the colored composition of the present invention, it is preferable that the minimum value of the absorbance exists in the range of wavelength 528 to 543 nm, and more preferably it exists in the range of wavelength 530 to 540 nm.

關於本發明的著色組成物,就顏色分離性的觀點而言,上述吸光度成為0.20之短波長側的波長(以下,亦稱為波長λ1)存在於波長495~520nm的範圍內為較佳,存在於波長500~518nm的範圍內為更佳,存在於波長505~515nm的範圍內為進一步較佳。又,就顏色分離性的觀點而言,吸光度成為0.20之長波長側的波長(以下,亦稱為波長λ2)存在於波長555~585nm的範圍內為較佳,存在於波長560~580nm的範圍內為更佳,存在於波長565~575nm的範圍內為進一步較佳。Regarding the colored composition of the present invention, from the viewpoint of color separability, it is preferable that the wavelength at which the absorbance becomes 0.20 on the short wavelength side (hereinafter also referred to as wavelength λ1) exists in the range of wavelength 495 to 520 nm. It is more preferable that it exists in the wavelength range of 500-518 nm, and it is further more preferable that it exists in the wavelength range of 505-515 nm. In addition, from the viewpoint of color separation, it is preferable that the wavelength on the long wavelength side where the absorbance becomes 0.20 (hereinafter also referred to as wavelength λ2) exists in the range of wavelength 555 to 585 nm, and exists in the range of wavelength 560 to 580 nm. It is more preferable if it exists within the wavelength range of 565-575 nm, and it is still more preferable if it exists in the wavelength range of 565-575 nm.

就顏色分離性的觀點而言,波長λ2與波長λ1的波長差(λ2-λ1)係40~80nm為較佳,45~75nm為更佳,50~70nm為進一步較佳。From the viewpoint of color separation, the wavelength difference (λ2-λ1) between the wavelength λ2 and the wavelength λ1 is preferably 40 to 80 nm, more preferably 45 to 75 nm, and further preferably 50 to 70 nm.

對於本發明的著色組成物,上述A 450/A 650的值係0.50~1.80為較佳,0.70~1.60為更佳,0.90~1.40為進一步較佳。 For the colored composition of the present invention, the value of A 450 /A 650 is preferably 0.50 to 1.80, more preferably 0.70 to 1.60, and further preferably 0.90 to 1.40.

某一波長λ下的吸光度Aλ由以下式(Ab1)定義。 Aλ=-log(Tλ/100)……(Ab1) Aλ為波長λ下的吸光度,Tλ為波長λ下的透射率(%)。 The absorbance Aλ at a certain wavelength λ is defined by the following formula (Ab1). Aλ=-log(Tλ/100)......(Ab1) Aλ is the absorbance at wavelength λ, and Tλ is the transmittance (%) at wavelength λ.

在本發明中,吸光度的值可以為在溶液的狀態下測量之值,亦可以為使用著色組成物製膜之膜的值。在膜的狀態下測量吸光度之情形下,藉由旋塗法等方法在玻璃基板上塗佈著色組成物,並使用加熱板等在100℃下乾燥2分鐘,接著,使用超高壓水銀燈在光照度為20mW/cm 2、曝光量為100mJ/cm 2的條件下進行曝光,接著,在100℃的加熱板上加熱20分鐘,使用自然冷卻至常溫而獲得之厚度為1.5μm的膜進行測量為較佳。吸光度能夠使用以往公知的分光光度計來測量。 In the present invention, the absorbance value may be a value measured in the state of a solution, or may be a value of a film formed using a coloring composition. When measuring the absorbance in the film state, apply the coloring composition on the glass substrate by spin coating or other methods, dry it at 100°C for 2 minutes using a hot plate, and then use an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp to illuminate the glass substrate at an illumination intensity of Exposure is carried out under conditions of 20 mW/cm 2 and exposure amount of 100 mJ/cm 2 , and then heated on a hot plate at 100°C for 20 minutes. It is better to use a film with a thickness of 1.5 μm obtained by naturally cooling to normal temperature for measurement. . The absorbance can be measured using a conventionally known spectrophotometer.

關於本發明的著色組成物,在形成膜厚為0.6~3.0μm的膜時,膜的厚度方向上的相對於波長526~545nm的光之透射率的最大值係65%以上為較佳,70%以上為更佳,75%以上為進一步較佳。 又,上述膜相對於波長526~545nm的光之平均透射率係60%以上為較佳,65%以上為更佳,70%以上為進一步較佳。 又,上述膜相對於波長450nm的光之透射率係10%以下為較佳,5%以下為更佳,2%以下為進一步較佳。 又,上述膜相對於400~450nm的波長的光之平均透射率係10%以下為較佳,5%以下為更佳,1%以下為進一步較佳。 又,上述膜相對於波長650nm的光之透射率係10%以下為較佳,5%以下為更佳,2%以下為進一步較佳。 又,上述膜的極大吸收波長存在於415~450nm的波長範圍內為較佳,存在於420~445nm的波長範圍內為更佳,存在於425~440nm的波長範圍內為進一步較佳。 又,上述膜的透射率顯示50%之波長存在於505~530nm的波長範圍內和540~575nm的波長範圍內為較佳。透射率顯示50%之短波長側的波長存在於510~525nm的波長範圍內為較佳,存在於515~520nm的波長範圍內為更佳。透射率顯示50%之長波長側的波長存在於545~565nm的波長範圍內為較佳,存在於550~555nm的波長範圍內為更佳。 Regarding the colored composition of the present invention, when forming a film with a film thickness of 0.6 to 3.0 μm, the maximum value of the transmittance of the film in the thickness direction with respect to light with a wavelength of 526 to 545 nm is preferably 65% or more, and 70 % or more is better, and 75% or more is even better. In addition, the average transmittance of the film with respect to light with a wavelength of 526 to 545 nm is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 65% or more, and still more preferably 70% or more. In addition, the transmittance of the film with respect to light with a wavelength of 450 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and further preferably 2% or less. In addition, the average transmittance of the film with respect to light with a wavelength of 400 to 450 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and further preferably 1% or less. In addition, the transmittance of the film with respect to light with a wavelength of 650 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and further preferably 2% or less. Moreover, it is preferable that the maximum absorption wavelength of the said film exists in the wavelength range of 415-450 nm, it is more preferable that it exists in the wavelength range of 420-445 nm, and it is still more preferable that it exists in the wavelength range of 425-440 nm. In addition, it is preferable that the transmittance of the film shows that 50% of the wavelengths exist in the wavelength range of 505 to 530 nm and in the wavelength range of 540 to 575 nm. It is preferable that the wavelength on the short wavelength side where the transmittance shows 50% exists in the wavelength range of 510 to 525 nm, and it is more preferable that it exists in the wavelength range of 515 to 520 nm. It is preferable that the wavelength on the long wavelength side whose transmittance shows 50% exists in the wavelength range of 545 to 565 nm, and it is more preferable that it exists in the wavelength range of 550 to 555 nm.

在使用本發明的著色組成物形成膜厚為2.00μm以下(較佳為1.98μm以下)的膜時,使用C光源對該膜進行測色時的CIE(國際照明委員會)的xyz表色系統中的色度座標係x=0.170~0.300、y=0.600~0.800為較佳。上述膜的色度座標的x係0.21~0.30為較佳,0.250~0.300為更佳。上述膜的色度座標的y係0.650~0.800為較佳,0.700~0.800為更佳。When a film having a film thickness of 2.00 μm or less (preferably 1.98 μm or less) is formed using the coloring composition of the present invention, the color of the film is measured using a C light source in the CIE (International Commission on Illumination) xyz colorimetric system The chromaticity coordinate system is preferably x=0.170~0.300 and y=0.600~0.800. The x-system of the chromaticity coordinate of the film is preferably 0.21 to 0.30, and more preferably 0.250 to 0.300. The y system of the chromaticity coordinate of the film is preferably 0.650 to 0.800, and more preferably 0.700 to 0.800.

本發明的著色組成物係用於在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度(較佳為120℃以下的溫度)下形成膜者亦為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度下形成膜係指在150℃以下的溫度下進行使用著色組成物形成膜之所有製程。It is also preferable that the colored composition of the present invention is used to form a film at a temperature of 150°C or lower (preferably 120°C or lower) during the entire process. In addition, in this specification, forming a film at a temperature of 150° C. or lower throughout the entire process means that all processes of forming a film using a coloring composition are performed at a temperature of 150° C. or lower.

由本發明的著色組成物形成之膜及像素的厚度係0.5~3.0μm為較佳。下限係0.8μm以上為更佳,1.0μm以上為進一步較佳,1.1μm以上為更進一步較佳。上限係2.5μm以下為更佳,2.0μm以下為進一步較佳,1.8μm以下為更進一步較佳。The thickness of the film and pixel formed from the colored composition of the present invention is preferably 0.5 to 3.0 μm. The lower limit is preferably 0.8 μm or more, further preferably 1.0 μm or more, and still further preferably 1.1 μm or more. The upper limit is more preferably 2.5 μm or less, still more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and still more preferably 1.8 μm or less.

又,由本發明的著色組成物形成之像素的線寬(圖案尺寸)係2.0~10.0μm為較佳。上限係7.5μm為更佳,5.0μm以下為進一步較佳,4.0μm以下為更進一步較佳。下限係2.25μm以上為更佳,2.5μm以上為進一步較佳,2.75μm以上為更進一步較佳。In addition, the line width (pattern size) of the pixel formed from the colored composition of the present invention is preferably 2.0 to 10.0 μm. The upper limit is more preferably 7.5 μm, more preferably 5.0 μm or less, and still more preferably 4.0 μm or less. The lower limit is more preferably 2.25 μm or more, still more preferably 2.5 μm or more, and still more preferably 2.75 μm or more.

以下,對本發明的著色組成物進行詳細說明。Hereinafter, the colored composition of the present invention will be described in detail.

<<著色劑>> 本發明的著色組成物含有著色劑。 本發明的著色組成物中所使用之著色劑包含: 比色指數(C.I.)顏料綠36; 選自C.I.顏料藍15:3、C.I.顏料藍15:4、C.I.顏料藍16、鋁酞青化合物及萘酞青化合物中之至少1種著色劑a;及 包含異吲哚啉化合物之黃色著色劑。 <<Color>> The colored composition of the present invention contains a colorant. The coloring agents used in the coloring composition of the present invention include: Colorimetric Index (C.I.) Pigment Green 36; At least one colorant a selected from the group consisting of C.I. Pigment Blue 15:3, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. Pigment Blue 16, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds and naphthalocyanine compounds; and Yellow colorant containing isoindoline compounds.

以下,亦將C.I.顏料綠36、上述之著色劑a及黃色著色劑統稱為特定著色劑。Hereinafter, C.I. Pigment Green 36, the above-mentioned colorant a and the yellow colorant will also be collectively referred to as a specific colorant.

著色劑中的特定著色劑的含量(C.I.顏料綠36、上述之著色劑a及黃色著色劑的總含量)係30質量%以上為較佳,40質量%以上為更佳,50質量%以上為進一步較佳,60質量%以上為更進一步較佳,80質量%以上為更進一步較佳,90質量%以上為特佳。上限能夠設為100質量%以下。著色劑實質上僅係特定著色劑亦為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,著色劑實質上僅係特定著色劑係指,著色劑中的特定著色劑的含量為99質量%以上,99.9質量%以上為較佳,100質量%為更佳。The content of the specific colorant in the colorant (the total content of C.I. Pigment Green 36, the above-mentioned colorant a and the yellow colorant) is preferably 30 mass% or more, more preferably 40 mass% or more, and 50 mass% or more More preferably, 60 mass % or more is still more preferred, 80 mass % or more is still more preferred, and 90 mass % or more is particularly preferred. The upper limit can be set to 100 mass% or less. It is also preferable that the coloring agent is essentially only a specific coloring agent. In addition, in this specification, the term "colorant is essentially only a specific colorant" means that the content of the specific colorant in the colorant is 99 mass% or more, preferably 99.9 mass% or more, and more preferably 100 mass%.

著色劑中所包含之顏料的平均一次粒徑係30~200nm為較佳,30~150nm為更佳,30~100nm為進一步較佳。另外,在本說明書中,顏料的一次粒徑能夠藉由透射型電子顯微鏡觀察顏料的一次粒子,並依據所獲得之圖像照片來求出。具體而言,求出顏料的一次粒子的投影面積,並計算與其相對應之等效圓直徑作為顏料的一次粒徑。又,本說明書中的平均一次粒徑設為關於400個顏料的一次粒子的一次粒徑的算數平均值。又,顏料的一次粒子係指未凝聚的獨立粒子。The average primary particle diameter of the pigment contained in the colorant is preferably 30 to 200 nm, more preferably 30 to 150 nm, and further preferably 30 to 100 nm. In addition, in this specification, the primary particle diameter of a pigment can be determined from the obtained image photograph by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the equivalent circle diameter corresponding thereto is calculated as the primary particle size of the pigment. In addition, the average primary particle diameter in this specification is an arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameters of 400 primary particles of the pigment. In addition, the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles that are not agglomerated.

關於顏料,依據將CuKα射線設為X射線源時的X射線衍射光譜中源自任一個結晶面之峰的半值寬求出之微晶尺寸係0.1~100nm為較佳,0.5~50nm為更佳,1~30nm為進一步較佳,5~25nm為最佳。Regarding the pigment, the crystallite size calculated from the half-value width of the peak originating from any crystal plane in the X-ray diffraction spectrum using CuKα rays as the X-ray source is preferably 0.1 to 100 nm, and more preferably 0.5 to 50 nm. The best, 1 to 30nm is further preferred, and 5 to 25nm is the best.

-著色劑a- 本發明的著色組成物中所使用之著色劑包含選自C.I.顏料藍15:3、C.I.顏料藍15:4、C.I.顏料藍16、鋁酞青化合物及萘酞青化合物中之至少1種著色劑a。就高著色性及顏色分離性的觀點而言,著色劑a係選自C.I.顏料藍15:3、C.I.顏料藍15:4、C.I.顏料藍16、鋁酞青化合物中之至少1種為較佳,選自C.I.顏料藍15:3、C.I.顏料藍15:4及C.I.顏料藍16中之至少1種為更佳,選自C.I.顏料藍15:3及C.I.顏料藍15:4中之至少1種為進一步較佳。 -Color a- The coloring agent used in the coloring composition of the present invention contains at least one coloring agent selected from the group consisting of C.I. Pigment Blue 15:3, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. Pigment Blue 16, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds and naphthalocyanine compounds. a. From the viewpoint of high colorability and color separation properties, it is preferred that the colorant a is at least one selected from C.I. Pigment Blue 15:3, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. Pigment Blue 16, and aluminum phthalocyanine compounds. , at least one selected from C.I. Pigment Blue 15:3, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:4 and C.I. Pigment Blue 16 is more preferred, at least one selected from C.I. Pigment Blue 15:3 and C.I. Pigment Blue 15:4 For further improvement.

可用作著色劑a之鋁酞青化合物可以為顏料及染料中的任一種,但是顏料為較佳。亦即,鋁酞青化合物係鋁酞青顏料為較佳。作為鋁酞青化合物,可舉出由式(AL1)表示之化合物及由式(AL2)表示之化合物,由式(AL1)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式1] 式(AL1)中,X 1表示鹵素原子; Z 1表示羥基、-OP(=O)R a1R a2、-OC(=O)R a3、-OS(=O) 2R a4或-O-SiR a5R a6R a7,R a1及R a2分別獨立地表示羥基、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基或芳氧基,R a1與R a2可以相互鍵結而形成環,R a3~R a7分別獨立地表示氫原子、羥基、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基或芳氧基,R a5與R a6可以相互鍵結而形成環; n1表示0~16的整數; [化學式2] 式(AL2)中,X 2及X 3分別獨立地表示鹵素原子; Z 2表示-O-SiR a11R a12-O-、-O-SiR a13R a14-O-SiR a15R a16-O-、或-O-P(=O)R a17-O-,R a11~R a17分別獨立地表示氫原子、羥基、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基或芳氧基; n2及n3分別獨立地表示0~16的整數。 The aluminum phthalocyanine compound that can be used as the colorant a may be either a pigment or a dye, but a pigment is preferred. That is, the aluminum phthalocyanine compound is preferably an aluminum phthalocyanine pigment. Examples of the aluminum phthalocyanine compound include a compound represented by formula (AL1) and a compound represented by formula (AL2). The compound represented by formula (AL1) is preferred. [Chemical formula 1] In the formula (AL1), X 1 represents a halogen atom; Z 1 represents a hydroxyl group, -OP (=O) R a1 R a2 , -OC (=O) R a3 , -OS (=O) 2 R a4 or -O- SiR a5 R a6 R a7 , R a1 and R a2 each independently represent a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group, and R a1 and R a2 can be bonded to each other to form Ring, R a3 to R a7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclyl group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group, and R a5 and R a6 can be bonded to each other to form a ring; n1 represents an integer from 0 to 16; [Chemical Formula 2] In the formula ( AL2 ) , X 2 and or -OP (=O) R a17 -O-, R a11 ~ R a17 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group; n2 and n3 each independently represents an integer from 0 to 16.

在式(AL1)中,作為X 1所表示之鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子,氯原子及溴原子為較佳,溴原子為更佳。 In the formula (AL1), examples of the halogen atom represented by X 1 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. A chlorine atom and a bromine atom are preferred, and a bromine atom is more preferred.

在式(AL1)中,n1表示0~16的整數,4~16的整數為較佳。n1可以為0。In the formula (AL1), n1 represents an integer from 0 to 16, and an integer from 4 to 16 is preferred. n1 can be 0.

在式(AL1)中,Z 1表示羥基、-OP(=O)R a1R a2、-OC(=O)R a3、-OS(=O) 2R a4或-O-SiR a5R a6R a7,R a1及R a2分別獨立地表示羥基、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基或芳氧基,R a1與R a2可以相互鍵結而形成環,R a3~R a7分別獨立地表示氫原子、羥基、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基或芳氧基,R a5與R a6可以相互鍵結而形成環。 In the formula (AL1), Z 1 represents a hydroxyl group, -OP (=O) R a1 R a2 , -OC (=O) R a3 , -OS (=O) 2 R a4 or -O-SiR a5 R a6 R a7 , R a1 and R a2 each independently represent a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group. R a1 and R a2 can be bonded to each other to form a ring. R a3 ~ R a7 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group, and R a5 and R a6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

R a1~R a7所表示之烷基的碳數係1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~6為進一步較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種。烷基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、烷氧基、芳基、硝基等。又,取代基可以有複數個。 R a1~R a7所表示之烯基的碳數係2~20為較佳,2~15為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳。烯基可以為直鏈、支鏈中的任一種。烯基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、烷氧基、芳基、硝基等。又,取代基可以有複數個。 R a1~R a7所表示之芳基的碳數係6~20為較佳,6~12為更佳。芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、硝基等。又,取代基可以有複數個。 R a1~R a7所表示之雜環基係單環或稠合數為2~8的稠環的雜環基為較佳,單環或稠合數為2~4的稠環的雜環基為更佳。構成雜環基的環之雜原子數係1~3為較佳。關於構成雜環基的環之雜原子,可舉出氮原子、氧原子及硫原子,氮原子為較佳。構成雜環基的環之碳原子數係3~20為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為更佳。雜環基係5員環或6員環的雜環基為較佳。雜環基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出氯、氟、溴等鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、羥基、胺基、硝基等。 R a1~R a7所表示之烷氧基的碳數係1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~6為進一步較佳。烷氧基可以為直鏈及支鏈中的任一種。 烷氧基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、芳基、硝基等。又,取代基可以有複數個。 R a1~R a7所表示之芳氧基的碳數係6~20為較佳,6~12為更佳。芳氧基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、胺基、硝基等。又,取代基可以有複數個。 The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R a1 to R a7 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and further preferably 1 to 6. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a nitro group, and the like. In addition, a plurality of substituents may be present. The carbon number of the alkenyl group represented by R a1 to R a7 is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 15, and further preferably 2 to 6. The alkenyl group may be either linear or branched. The alkenyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a nitro group, and the like. In addition, a plurality of substituents may be present. The carbon number of the aryl group represented by R a1 to R a7 is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a nitro group, and the like. In addition, a plurality of substituents may be present. The heterocyclic group represented by R a1 to R a7 is preferably a monocyclic ring or a fused ring with a fused number of 2 to 8, and a monocyclic or fused ring with a fused ring of 2 to 4 is preferred. For the better. The number of heteroatoms in the ring constituting the heterocyclyl group is preferably 1 to 3. Examples of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group include nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms and sulfur atoms, with nitrogen atoms being preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the ring constituting the heterocyclyl group is preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 3 to 18, and even more preferably 3 to 12. The heterocyclyl group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring heterocyclyl. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include halogen atoms such as chlorine, fluorine, and bromine, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, nitro groups, and the like. The carbon number of the alkoxy group represented by R a1 to R a7 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and further preferably 1 to 6. The alkoxy group may be either a straight chain or a branched chain. The alkoxy group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, a nitro group, and the like. In addition, a plurality of substituents may be present. The carbon number of the aryloxy group represented by R a1 to R a7 is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12. The aryloxy group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, a nitro group, and the like. In addition, a plurality of substituents may be present.

在Z 1為-OP(=O)R a1R a2的情形下,R a1與R a2可以相互鍵結而形成環。R a1與R a2相互鍵結而形成之環可以為芳環,亦可以為非芳環。 When Z 1 is -OP (=O) R a1 R a2 , R a1 and R a2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The ring formed by R a1 and R a2 bonding to each other may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.

在Z 1為-O-SiR a5R a6R a7的情形下,R a5與R a6可以相互鍵結而形成環。該等基團彼此相互鍵結而形成之環可以為芳環,亦可以為非芳環。 When Z 1 is -O-SiR a5 R a6 R a7 , R a5 and R a6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The ring formed by these groups bonding to each other may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.

式(AL1)的Z 1係-OP(=O)R a1R a2、-OC(=O)R a3、-OS(=O) 2R a4為較佳,-OP(=O)R a1R a2為更佳。又,-OP(=O)R a1R a2中的R a1及R a2分別獨立地表示烷基、烯基、芳基、烷氧基或芳氧基為較佳,芳氧基為更佳。 Z 1 of formula (AL1) is preferably -OP (=O) R a1 R a2 , -OC (=O) R a3 , -OS (=O) 2 R a4 , -OP (=O) R a1 R a2 is better. Moreover, it is preferred that R a1 and R a2 in -OP (=O) R a1 R a2 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group, and more preferably an aryloxy group.

在式(AL2)中,作為X 2及X 3所表示之鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子,氯原子及溴原子為較佳,溴原子為更佳。 In the formula (AL2), examples of the halogen atom represented by X 2 and

在式(AL2)中,n2表示0~16的整數,0~8的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳,0為進一步較佳。在式(AL2)中,n3表示0~16的整數,0~8的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳,0為進一步較佳。In the formula (AL2), n2 represents an integer of 0 to 16. An integer of 0 to 8 is preferred, an integer of 0 to 4 is more preferred, and 0 is further preferred. In the formula (AL2), n3 represents an integer of 0 to 16. An integer of 0 to 8 is preferred, an integer of 0 to 4 is more preferred, and 0 is further preferred.

在式(AL2)中,Z 2表示-O-SiR a11R a12-O-、-O-SiR a13R a14-O-SiR a15R a16-O-、或-O-P(=O)R a17-O-,R a11~R a17分別獨立地表示氫原子、羥基、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基或芳氧基。 In formula (AL2), Z 2 represents -O-SiR a11 R a12 -O-, -O-SiR a13 R a14 -O-SiR a15 R a16 -O-, or -OP (=O) R a17 -O -, R a11 to R a17 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group.

關於R a11~R a17所表示之烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基或芳氧基,可舉出在R a1~R a7一項中說明之基團,較佳範圍亦相同。 Examples of the alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, alkoxy group or aryloxy group represented by R a11 to R a17 include the groups described in R a1 to R a7 , with preferred ranges Same thing.

式(AL2)的Z 2係-O-P(=O)R a17-O-為較佳。又,R a17係烷基、烯基、芳基、烷氧基或芳氧基為較佳,芳基為更佳。 The Z 2 system of formula (AL2) -OP (=O) R a17 -O- is preferred. Moreover, R a17 is preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group, and more preferably an aryl group.

作為鋁酞青化合物的具體例,可舉出後述之實施例中所記載之鋁酞青化合物、C.I.顏料綠62、63等。又,作為鋁酞青化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2018-105959號公報的0151~0195段中所記載之酞青顏料PCY-1~PCY-42、國際公開第2016/125806號的0193~0202段中所記載之酞青顏料P-1~P-35、PC-1~PC-12、PCY-1~PCY-20。Specific examples of the aluminum phthalocyanine compound include aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in the Examples described below, C.I. Pigment Green 62, 63, and the like. Specific examples of the aluminum phthalocyanine compound include phthalocyanine pigments PCY-1 to PCY-42 described in paragraphs 0151 to 0195 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-105959 and International Publication No. 2016/125806. Phthalocyanine pigments P-1 to P-35, PC-1 to PC-12, PCY-1 to PCY-20 described in paragraphs 0193 to 0202.

可用作著色劑a之萘酞青化合物可以為顏料及染料中的任一種,但是顏料為較佳。亦即,萘酞青化合物係萘酞青顏料為較佳。作為萘酞青化合物,可舉出由式(nPc1)表示之化合物及由式(nPc2)表示之化合物,由式(nPc1)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式3] 式中,R np1~R np16分別獨立地表示氫原子、氰基、硝基、烷基、烯基、芳基、-OR np101、-COOR np102、-CONHR np103、-NHCOR np104、-SO 2NHR np105或-NR np106R np107。R np101~R np107分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烯基或6~10的芳基。 M np1表示可以具有配位體之金屬原子,金屬原子為錳(Mn)、鐵(Fe)、鈷(Co)、鎳(Ni)、銅(Cu)或鋅(Zn)。 The naphthalocyanine compound that can be used as the colorant a may be either a pigment or a dye, but a pigment is preferred. That is, it is preferable that the naphthalocyanine compound is a naphthalocyanine pigment. Examples of the naphthalocyanine compound include a compound represented by formula (nPc1) and a compound represented by formula (nPc2). The compound represented by formula (nPc1) is preferred. [Chemical formula 3] In the formula, R np1 to R np16 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, -OR np101 , -COOR np102 , -CONHR np103 , -NHCOR np104 , -SO 2 NHR np105 or -NR np106 R np107 . R np101 to R np107 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aryl group of 6 to 10 groups. M np1 represents a metal atom that may have a ligand. The metal atom is manganese (Mn), iron (Fe), cobalt (Co), nickel (Ni), copper (Cu) or zinc (Zn).

上述烷基的碳數係1~10為較佳,1~5為更佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種。烷基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、烷氧基、芳基、硝基等。又,取代基可以有複數個。The alkyl group preferably has a carbon number of 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a nitro group, and the like. In addition, a plurality of substituents may be present.

上述烯基的碳數係2~10為較佳,2~5為更佳。烯基可以為直鏈、支鏈中的任一種。烯基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、烷氧基、芳基、硝基等。又,取代基可以有複數個。 上述芳基的碳數係6~20為較佳,6~10為更佳。芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、硝基等。又,取代基可以有複數個。 The carbon number of the alkenyl group is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 5. The alkenyl group may be either linear or branched. The alkenyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a nitro group, and the like. In addition, a plurality of substituents may be present. The aryl group preferably has a carbon number of 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 10. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a nitro group, and the like. In addition, a plurality of substituents may be present.

式(nPc2)的M np1係銅(Cu)或鋅(Zn)為較佳。 M np1 of the formula (nPc2) is preferably copper (Cu) or zinc (Zn).

式(nPc1)及式(nPc2)的R np1~R np16分別獨立地表示氫原子、硝基、烷基、-OR np101、-SO 2NHR np105或-NR np106R np107為較佳,氫原子為更佳。 R np1 to R np16 in the formula (nPc1) and the formula (nPc2) each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a nitro group, an alkyl group, -OR np101 , -SO 2 NHR np105 or -NR np106 R np107 is preferred, and the hydrogen atom is Better.

作為萘酞青化合物的具體例,可舉出後述之實施例中所記載之萘酞青化合物、日本特開2021-014547號公報的0034~0038段中所記載之化合物a-1~a-55。Specific examples of the naphthalocyanine compound include the naphthalocyanine compounds described in the Examples described below, and the compounds a-1 to a-55 described in paragraphs 0034 to 0038 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2021-014547. .

-黃色著色劑- 本發明的著色組成物中所使用之著色劑包含含有異吲哚啉化合物之黃色著色劑。以下,亦將可用作黃色著色劑之異吲哚啉化合物稱為異吲哚啉黃色著色劑。 -yellow colorant- The coloring agent used in the coloring composition of the present invention includes a yellow coloring agent containing an isoindoline compound. Hereinafter, the isoindoline compound that can be used as a yellow colorant will also be referred to as an isoindoline yellow colorant.

異吲哚啉黃色著色劑係顏料為較佳。亦即,異吲哚啉黃色著色劑係異吲哚啉黃色顏料為較佳。作為異吲哚啉黃色著色劑的具體例,可舉出C.I.顏料黃150及C.I.顏料黃185。Isoindoline yellow colorant pigment is preferred. That is, the isoindoline yellow colorant is preferably an isoindoline yellow pigment. Specific examples of the isoindoline yellow colorant include C.I. Pigment Yellow 150 and C.I. Pigment Yellow 185.

異吲哚啉黃色著色劑係包含C.I.顏料黃185者為較佳,就能夠形成耐濕性更優異的膜之理由而言,包含C.I.顏料黃185和C.I.顏料黃139者為更佳。 又,在併用C.I.顏料黃185和C.I.顏料黃139之情形下,相對於C.I.顏料黃185的100質量份,C.I.顏料黃139的含量係10~500質量份為較佳。上限係300質量份以下為更佳,200質量份以下為進一步較佳。下限係50質量份以上為更佳,100質量份以上為進一步較佳。 The isoindoline yellow coloring agent is preferably one containing C.I. Pigment Yellow 185, and is more preferably one containing C.I. Pigment Yellow 185 and C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 because it can form a film with better moisture resistance. Moreover, when C.I. Pigment Yellow 185 and C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 are used together, the content of C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 is preferably 10 to 500 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of C.I. Pigment Yellow 185. The upper limit is more preferably 300 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 200 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 100 parts by mass or more.

在黃色著色劑中能夠含有除了異吲哚啉黃色著色劑以外的黃色著色劑(亦稱為其他黃色著色劑)。The yellow coloring agent may contain yellow coloring agents other than the isoindoline yellow coloring agent (also referred to as other yellow coloring agents).

作為其他黃色著色劑,可舉出偶氮化合物、偶氮次甲基化合物、蝶啶基化合物、喹啉黃化合物及苝化合物等。其他黃色著色劑係黃色顏料為較佳。作為其他黃色著色劑的具體例,可舉出C.I.顏料黃1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,174,175,176,177,180,181,182,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232,233,234,235,236等黃色顏料。Examples of other yellow coloring agents include azo compounds, azomethine compounds, pteridinyl compounds, quinoline yellow compounds, and perylene compounds. Other yellow colorants are preferably yellow pigments. Specific examples of other yellow colorants include C.I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31 ,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81 ,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128 ,129,137,138,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,174,175,176 , 177, 180, 181, 182, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 215, 228, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236 and other yellow pigments.

又,作為其他黃色著色劑,還能夠使用下述結構的偶氮巴比妥酸鎳錯合物。 [化學式4] Furthermore, as another yellow colorant, a nickel azobarbiturate complex having the following structure can also be used. [Chemical formula 4]

黃色著色劑中的異吲哚啉黃色著色劑的含量為50質量%以上,65質量%以上為較佳,80質量%以上為更佳。上限能夠設為100質量%以下。黃色著色劑實質上僅係異吲哚啉黃色著色劑為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,黃色著色劑實質上僅係異吲哚啉黃色著色劑係指,黃色著色劑中的異吲哚啉黃色著色劑的含量為99質量%以上,99.9質量%以上為較佳,100質量%為更佳。The content of the isoindoline yellow colorant in the yellow colorant is 50 mass% or more, preferably 65 mass% or more, and more preferably 80 mass% or more. The upper limit can be set to 100 mass% or less. It is preferable that the yellow coloring agent is essentially only an isoindoline yellow coloring agent. In addition, in this specification, the yellow coloring agent is essentially only the isoindoline yellow coloring agent means that the content of the isoindoline yellow coloring agent in the yellow coloring agent is 99 mass % or more, and 99.9 mass % or more is relatively The best, 100 mass% is better.

-其他著色劑- 本發明的著色組成物中所使用之著色劑能夠含有除了上述之特定著色劑以外的著色劑(亦稱為其他著色劑)。 -Other colorants- The coloring agent used in the coloring composition of the present invention may contain coloring agents other than the above-mentioned specific coloring agents (also referred to as other coloring agents).

作為其他著色劑,可舉出綠色著色劑、紅色著色劑、紫色著色劑、橙色著色劑等彩色著色劑。其他著色劑可以為顏料,亦可以為染料。其他著色劑係綠色著色劑為較佳。Examples of other colorants include color colorants such as green colorants, red colorants, purple colorants, and orange colorants. Other colorants can be pigments or dyes. Other colorants are preferably green colorants.

作為可用作其他著色劑之綠色著色劑,可舉出酞青化合物及方酸菁化合物,酞青化合物為較佳。作為綠色著色劑的具體例,可舉出C.I.顏料綠7,58,59等。Examples of green colorants that can be used as other colorants include phthalocyanine compounds and squaraine compounds, with phthalocyanine compounds being preferred. Specific examples of the green colorant include C.I. Pigment Green 7, 58, 59 and the like.

作為紅色著色劑,可舉出二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、蒽醌化合物、偶氮化合物、萘酚化合物、偶氮次甲基化合物、口山口星化合物、喹吖酮化合物、苝化合物、硫靛藍化合物等。作為紅色著色劑的具體例,可舉出C.I.(比色指數)顏料紅1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294,295,296,297等紅色顏料。又,作為紅色著色劑,還能夠使用在日本特開2017-201384號公報中所記載之結構中至少1個溴原子取代之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、日本專利第6248838號的0016~0022段中所記載之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、國際公開第2012/102399號中所記載之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、國際公開第2012/117965號中所記載之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、日本特開2020-085947號公報中所記載之溴化二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、日本特開2012-229344號公報中所記載之萘酚偶氮化合物、日本專利第6516119號公報中所記載之紅色著色劑、日本專利第6525101號公報中所記載之紅色著色劑、日本特開2020-090632號公報的0229段中所記載之溴化二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、韓國公開專利第10-2019-0140741號公報中所記載之蒽醌化合物、韓國公開專利第10-2019-0140744號公報中所記載之蒽醌化合物、日本特開2020-079396號公報中所記載之苝化合物、日本特開2020-083982號公報中所記載之苝化合物、日本特開2018-035345號公報中所記載之口山口星化合物、日本特開2020-066702號公報的0025~0041段中所記載之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物等。又,作為紅色著色劑,還能夠使用具有導入有氧原子、硫原子或氮原子鍵結於芳環而得之基團之芳環基鍵結於二酮吡咯并吡咯骨架而成之結構之化合物。Examples of the red colorant include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, azomethine compounds, star compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, and thioindigo compounds. wait. Specific examples of the red colorant include C.I. (Color Index) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41 , 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1 , 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170 ,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246 , 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, 297 and other red pigments. In addition, as the red colorant, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-201384 and paragraphs 0016 to 0022 of Japanese Patent No. 6248838 can also be used. The diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in International Publication No. 2012/102399, the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in International Publication No. 2012/117965, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020 -The brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 085947, the naphthol azo compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-229344, the red colorant described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 6516119, Japan The red colorant described in Patent No. 6525101, the brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in paragraph 0229 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020-090632, and the brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0140741 The anthraquinone compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0140744, the perylene compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020-079396, and the perylene compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-083982 The perylene compound described, the Hoshiyamaguchi compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-035345, the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in paragraphs 0025 to 0041 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-066702, and the like. Furthermore, as the red colorant, a compound having a structure in which an aromatic ring group is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton by introducing a group in which an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring. .

作為橙色著色劑,可舉出C.I.顏料橙2、5、13、16、17:1、31、34、36、38、43、46、48、49、51、52、55、59、60、61、62、64、71、73等橙色顏料。Examples of the orange colorant include C.I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61 , 62, 64, 71, 73 and other orange pigments.

作為紫色著色劑,可舉出C.I.顏料紫1、19、23、27、32、37、42、60、61等紫色顏料。Examples of purple colorants include purple pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61.

著色劑中的其他著色劑的含量係80質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳,40質量%以下為進一步較佳,20質量%以下為更進一步較佳,10質量%以下為更進一步較佳,5質量%以下為特佳。The content of other colorants in the colorant is preferably 80 mass% or less, more preferably 60 mass% or less, further preferably 40 mass% or less, still more preferably 20 mass% or less, and 10 mass% or less. More preferably, it is 5 mass % or less.

著色組成物的總固體成分中的著色劑的含量係30~70質量%為較佳,35~70質量%為更佳。上限係65質量%以下為更佳,62質量%以下為進一步較佳。下限係40質量%以上為更佳,45質量%以上為進一步較佳,50質量%以上為更進一步較佳。The content of the colorant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 30 to 70% by mass, and more preferably 35 to 70% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and still more preferably 62% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 40 mass % or more, more preferably 45 mass % or more, and still more preferably 50 mass % or more.

著色劑中的C.I.顏料綠36的含量係10~65質量%為較佳。上限係60質量%以下為更佳,55質量%以下為進一步較佳,50質量%以下為更進一步較佳。下限係20質量%以上為更佳,30質量%以上為進一步較佳,35質量%以上為更進一步較佳,40質量%以上為特佳。The content of C.I. Pigment Green 36 in the colorant is preferably 10 to 65% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 60 mass% or less, more preferably 55 mass% or less, and still more preferably 50 mass% or less. The lower limit is more preferably 20 mass % or more, more preferably 30 mass % or more, still more preferably 35 mass % or more, and particularly preferably 40 mass % or more.

著色劑中的上述著色劑a的含量係2~60質量%為較佳。上限係50質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳,25質量%以下為更進一步較佳,20質量%以下為更進一步較佳,15質量%以下為特佳。下限係5質量%以上為更佳,10質量%以上為進一步較佳。 又,著色組成物中,相對於C.I.顏料綠36的100質量份,包含5質量份以上的上述著色劑a為較佳,包含10質量份以上為更佳,包含20質量份以上為進一步較佳。上限係80質量份以下為較佳,60質量份以下為更佳,40質量份以下為進一步較佳,35質量%以下為特佳。 The content of the colorant a in the colorant is preferably 2 to 60% by mass. The upper limit is 50 mass % or less, which is more preferred, 30 mass % or less, which is still more preferred, 25 mass % or less, which is still more preferred, which 20 mass % or less is still more preferred, and which 15 mass % or less is particularly preferred. The lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more, and still more preferably 10% by mass or more. Furthermore, the coloring composition preferably contains 5 parts by mass or more of the colorant a based on 100 parts by mass of C.I. Pigment Green 36, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 20 parts by mass or more. . The upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 60 parts by mass or less, further preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 35 parts by mass or less.

著色劑中的黃色著色劑的含量係15~70質量%為較佳。上限係60質量%以下為更佳,50質量%以下為進一步較佳。下限係20質量%以上為更佳,25質量%以上為進一步較佳,30質量%以上為更進一步較佳,32質量%以上為特佳。 又,著色組成物中,相對於C.I.顏料綠36的100質量份,包含20質量份以上的黃色著色劑為較佳,包含40質量份以上為更佳,包含60質量份以上為進一步較佳,包含65質量份以上為特佳。上限係200質量份以下為較佳,150質量份以下為更佳,100質量份以下為進一步較佳。 又,著色組成物中,相對於上述著色劑a的100質量份,包含265質量份以上的黃色著色劑為較佳,包含270質量份以上為更佳,包含300質量份以上為進一步較佳。上限係700質量份以下為較佳,500質量份以下為更佳,350質量份以下為進一步較佳。 The content of the yellow colorant in the colorant is preferably 15 to 70% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 60 mass% or less, and further preferably 50 mass% or less. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 25% by mass or more, still more preferably 30% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 32% by mass or more. Furthermore, the coloring composition preferably contains 20 parts by mass or more of the yellow colorant based on 100 parts by mass of C.I. Pigment Green 36, more preferably 40 parts by mass or more, and further preferably 60 parts by mass or more, It is particularly preferred if it contains 65 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 200 parts by mass or less, more preferably 150 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 100 parts by mass or less. Furthermore, the coloring composition preferably contains 265 parts by mass or more of the yellow colorant based on 100 parts by mass of the colorant a, more preferably 270 parts by mass or more, and further preferably 300 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 700 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 350 parts by mass or less.

著色劑中的異吲哚啉化合物(異吲哚啉黃色著色劑)的含量係10~70質量%為較佳。上限係60質量%以下為更佳,50質量%以下為進一步較佳。下限係20質量%以上為更佳,25質量%以上為進一步較佳,30質量%以上為更進一步較佳,32質量%以上為特佳。 又,著色組成物中,相對於C.I.顏料綠36的100質量份,包含20質量份以上的異吲哚啉化合物(異吲哚啉黃色著色劑)為較佳,包含40質量份以上為更佳,包含60質量份以上為進一步較佳,包含65質量份以上為特佳。上限係200質量份以下為較佳,150質量份以下為更佳,100質量份以下為進一步較佳。 又,著色組成物中,相對於上述著色劑a的100質量份,包含265質量份以上的異吲哚啉化合物(異吲哚啉黃色著色劑)為較佳,包含270質量份以上為更佳,包含300質量份以上為進一步較佳。上限係700質量份以下為較佳,500質量份以下為更佳,350質量份以下為進一步較佳。 The content of the isoindoline compound (isoindoline yellow colorant) in the colorant is preferably 10 to 70% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 60 mass% or less, and further preferably 50 mass% or less. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 25% by mass or more, still more preferably 30% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 32% by mass or more. Furthermore, the coloring composition preferably contains 20 parts by mass or more of the isoindoline compound (isoindoline yellow colorant) based on 100 parts by mass of C.I. Pigment Green 36, and more preferably contains 40 parts by mass or more. , it is more preferable that it contains 60 parts by mass or more, and it is particularly preferable that it contains 65 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 200 parts by mass or less, more preferably 150 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 100 parts by mass or less. Furthermore, the coloring composition preferably contains 265 parts by mass or more of the isoindoline compound (isoindoline yellow colorant) based on 100 parts by mass of the colorant a, and more preferably contains 270 parts by mass or more. , it is more preferable that it contains 300 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 700 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 350 parts by mass or less.

<<樹脂>> 本發明的著色組成物含有樹脂。樹脂例如以將顏料分散於著色組成物中之用途、黏合劑的用途進行摻合。另外,亦將主要用於使顏料分散於著色組成物中之樹脂稱為分散劑。作為分散劑的樹脂能夠在製備分散液時使用。但是,樹脂的這樣的用途為一例,還能夠以除了這樣的用途以外的目的使用樹脂。 <<Resin>> The colored composition of the present invention contains resin. The resin is blended for the purpose of dispersing pigments in coloring compositions or as a binder, for example. In addition, resins mainly used to disperse pigments in colored compositions are also called dispersants. Resin as a dispersant can be used when preparing a dispersion liquid. However, this use of the resin is an example, and the resin can be used for purposes other than such uses.

樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)係2000~2000000為較佳。上限係1000000以下為更佳,500000以下為進一步較佳。下限係3000以上為更佳,4000以上為進一步較佳,5000以上為更進一步較佳。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and further preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 3,000 or more, further preferably 4,000 or more, and still further preferably 5,000 or more.

作為樹脂,例如,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、(甲基)丙烯醯胺樹脂、烯-硫醇樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚醚樹脂、聚芳酯樹脂、聚碸樹脂、聚醚碸樹脂、聚苯樹脂、聚伸芳基醚氧化膦樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂、聚烯烴樹脂、環狀烯烴樹脂、聚酯樹脂、苯乙烯樹脂、矽氧烷樹脂等。又,能夠使用日本特開2017-206689號公報的0041~0060段中所記載之樹脂、日本特開2018-010856號公報的0022~0071段中所記載之樹脂、日本特開2017-057265號公報中所記載之樹脂、日本特開2017-032685號公報中所記載之樹脂、日本特開2017-075248號公報中所記載之樹脂、日本特開2017-066240號公報中所記載之樹脂、日本特開2020-122052號公報中所記載之樹脂、日本特開2020-111656號公報中所記載之樹脂、日本特開2020-139021號公報中所記載之樹脂、日本特開2020-139021號公報中所記載之具有脲官能基之鹼可溶性樹脂、日本特開2017-138503號公報中所記載之包含在主鏈具有環結構之構成單元和在側鏈具有聯苯基之構成單元之樹脂、日本特開2020-186373號公報的0199~0233段中所記載之樹脂、日本特開2020-186325號公報中所記載之鹼可溶性樹脂、韓國公開專利第10-2020-0078339號公報中所記載之由式1表示之樹脂。又,作為樹脂,還能夠使用玻璃轉移溫度為390℃以上的樹脂。作為玻璃轉移溫度為390℃以上的樹脂的市售品,可舉出MITSUBISHI GAS CHEMICAL COMPANY, INC.製造的聚醯亞胺清漆H520等。Examples of the resin include (meth)acrylic resin, (meth)acrylamide resin, ene-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polystyrene resin, and polyether resin. Polyurethane resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamide imide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, siloxane Resin etc. In addition, the resin described in paragraphs 0041 to 0060 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-206689, the resin described in paragraphs 0022 to 0071 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-010856, and the resin described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-057265 can be used. The resin described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-032685, the resin described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-075248, the resin described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-066240, the resin described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-066240, the resin described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-066240, The resin described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-122052, the resin described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-111656, the resin described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-139021, the resin described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-139021 Alkali-soluble resin having a urea functional group described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-138503, resin including a structural unit having a ring structure in the main chain and a structural unit having a biphenyl group in the side chain, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-138503 The resin described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of Publication No. 2020-186373, the alkali-soluble resin described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2020-186325, and the formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339 Represents resin. Furthermore, as the resin, a resin having a glass transition temperature of 390° C. or higher can also be used. Examples of commercially available resins having a glass transition temperature of 390° C. or higher include polyimide varnish H520 manufactured by MITSUBISHI GAS CHEMICAL COMPANY, INC.

本發明中所使用之樹脂係包括鹼可溶性樹脂者為較佳。作為鹼可溶性樹脂,具有酸基之樹脂為較佳。作為酸基,可舉出酚性羥基、羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基、膦酸基等。The resin used in the present invention preferably includes an alkali-soluble resin. As the alkali-soluble resin, a resin having an acid group is preferred. Examples of acidic groups include phenolic hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, sulfonic acid groups, phosphate groups, and phosphonic acid groups.

鹼可溶性樹脂的酸值係30~500mgKOH/g為較佳。下限係50mgKOH/g以上為更佳,70mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳。上限為400mgKOH/g以下為更佳,250mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳,220mgKOH/g以下為更進一步較佳,200mgKOH/g以下為特佳。The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 250 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 220 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less.

鹼可溶性樹脂可以具有源自順丁烯二醯亞胺化合物之重複單元。作為順丁烯二醯亞胺化合物,可舉出N-烷基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-芳基順丁烯二醯亞胺等。作為源自順丁烯二醯亞胺化合物之重複單元,可舉出由式(C-mi)表示之重複單元。 [化學式5] The alkali-soluble resin may have repeating units derived from a maleimide compound. Examples of the maleimide compound include N-alkylmaleimide, N-arylmaleimide, and the like. Examples of the repeating unit derived from the maleimide compound include repeating units represented by formula (C-mi). [Chemical formula 5]

在式(C-mi)中,Rmi表示烷基或芳基。烷基的碳數係1~20為較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種。芳基的碳數為6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。Rmi係芳基為較佳。In the formula (C-mi), Rmi represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 20. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15, and still more preferably 6 to 10. Rmi is preferably an aryl group.

鹼可溶性樹脂係包含源自由下述式(ED1)表示之化合物和/或由下述式(ED2)表示之化合物(以下,有時亦將該等化合物稱為“醚二聚物”。)之重複單元之樹脂亦為較佳。The alkali-soluble resin is derived from a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may also be referred to as "ether dimers".) Resins of repeating units are also preferred.

[化學式6] [Chemical formula 6]

式(ED1)中,R 1及R 2分別獨立地表示氫原子或可以具有取代基之碳數1~25的烴基。 [化學式7] 式(ED2)中,R表示氫原子或碳數1~30的有機基。關於式(ED2)的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2010-168539號公報的記載,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。關於醚二聚物的具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2013-029760號公報的0317段,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。 In the formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. [Chemical Formula 7] In formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. For details of the formula (ED2), please refer to the description of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-168539, and the content is incorporated into this specification. Regarding specific examples of the ether dimer, refer to paragraph 0317 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-029760, and this content is incorporated into this specification.

本發明的著色組成物中,使用具有聚合性基團之樹脂(以下,亦稱為聚合性樹脂)作為樹脂為較佳。聚合性樹脂係鹼可溶性樹脂亦為較佳。亦即,鹼可溶性樹脂係具有聚合性基之樹脂亦為較佳。作為聚合性基團,可舉出乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團。藉由使用聚合性樹脂,能夠形成耐濕性更優異的膜。In the colored composition of the present invention, it is preferable to use a resin having a polymerizable group (hereinafter also referred to as a polymerizable resin) as the resin. It is also preferable that the polymerizable resin is an alkali-soluble resin. That is, it is also preferable that the alkali-soluble resin is a resin having a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group include groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, such as a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acrylyl group. By using a polymerizable resin, a film with better moisture resistance can be formed.

在本發明中使用之樹脂含有包含源自由式(III)表示之化合物之重複單元之樹脂b1亦為較佳。藉由使用樹脂b1,低溫下的硬化性優異,即使在相對低溫下的加熱下亦能夠形成充分硬化之硬化膜。進而,容易形成分光特性優異的硬化膜。 [化學式8] It is also preferable that the resin used in the present invention contains resin b1 containing a repeating unit derived from the compound represented by formula (III). By using resin b1, it has excellent curability at low temperatures and can form a cured film that is sufficiently cured even under heating at relatively low temperatures. Furthermore, it is easy to form a cured film excellent in spectral characteristics. [Chemical formula 8]

式中,R 1表示氫原子或甲基,R 21及R 22分別獨立地表示伸烷基,n表示0~15的整數。R 21及R 22所表示之伸烷基的碳數係1~10為較佳,1~5為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳,2或3為特佳。n表示0~15的整數,0~5的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳,0~3的整數為進一步較佳。 In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group, and n represents an integer of 0 to 15. The carbon number of the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5, further preferably from 1 to 3, and particularly preferably 2 or 3. n represents an integer of 0 to 15, and an integer of 0 to 5 is preferred, an integer of 0 to 4 is more preferred, and an integer of 0 to 3 is further preferred.

作為由式(III)表示之化合物,可舉出對枯基苯酚的環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。作為市售品,可舉出ARONIX M-110(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)等。Examples of the compound represented by formula (III) include ethylene oxide or propylene oxide modified (meth)acrylate of p-cumylphenol. Examples of commercially available products include ARONIX M-110 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) and the like.

樹脂b1的所有重複單元中的源自由式(III)表示之化合物之重複單元的比例係1~99莫耳%為較佳。下限係3莫耳%以上為更佳,5莫耳%以上為進一步較佳。上限係95莫耳%以下為更佳,90莫耳%以下為進一步較佳。The proportion of the repeating units derived from the compound represented by the formula (III) among all the repeating units of the resin b1 is preferably 1 to 99 mol%. The lower limit is more preferably 3 mol% or more, and more preferably 5 mol% or more. The upper limit is more preferably 95 mol% or less, and still more preferably 90 mol% or less.

樹脂b1還可以包含除了源自由式(III)表示之化合物之重複單元以外的重複單元。例如,樹脂b1能夠包含源自(甲基)丙烯酸酯之重複單元,包含源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之重複單元為較佳。(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的烷基部位的碳數係3~10為較佳,3~8為更佳,3~6為進一步較佳。作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的較佳的具體例,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯等。又,樹脂b1包含具有酸基之重複單元亦為較佳。Resin b1 may also contain repeating units other than the repeating unit derived from the compound represented by formula (III). For example, resin b1 can contain repeating units derived from (meth)acrylate, and preferably contains repeating units derived from alkyl (meth)acrylate. The carbon number of the alkyl moiety of the alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably 3 to 10, more preferably 3 to 8, and further preferably 3 to 6. Preferable specific examples of alkyl (meth)acrylate include n-butyl (meth)acrylate and the like. Furthermore, it is also preferable that the resin b1 contains a repeating unit having an acid group.

在本發明中使用之樹脂含有具有包含嵌段異氰酸酯基之重複單元之樹脂(以下,亦稱為樹脂BI)亦為較佳。依據該態樣,可獲得更優異的低溫硬化性,即使在相對低溫下的加熱下亦能夠形成充分硬化之硬化膜。It is also preferable that the resin used in the present invention contains a resin having a repeating unit including a blocked isocyanate group (hereinafter, also referred to as resin BI). According to this aspect, more excellent low-temperature curability can be obtained, and a sufficiently hardened cured film can be formed even under heating at a relatively low temperature.

作為樹脂BI所具有之嵌段異氰酸酯基,能夠藉由熱生成異氰酸酯基之基團為較佳,能夠藉由70~150℃的熱生成異氰酸酯基之基團為更佳。作為嵌段異氰酸酯基,可舉出異氰酸酯基被封端劑化學保護之結構的基團。嵌段異氰酸酯基為具有異氰酸酯基被稱為封端劑之化合物保護之結構之基團,並且為雖然在常溫(例如,10~30℃)下顯示作為異氰酸酯基的反應性,但是藉由加熱等而封端劑從嵌段異氰酸酯基脫離並生成異氰酸酯基之結構的基團。As the blocked isocyanate group that resin BI has, a group that can generate an isocyanate group by heat is preferred, and a group that can generate an isocyanate group by heat of 70 to 150° C. is more preferred. Examples of the blocked isocyanate group include groups having a structure in which the isocyanate group is chemically protected by a blocking agent. The blocked isocyanate group is a group having a structure in which the isocyanate group is protected by a compound called a blocking agent, and although it shows reactivity as an isocyanate group at normal temperature (for example, 10 to 30° C.), it can be modified by heating, etc. The blocking agent is separated from the blocked isocyanate group and forms a group with the structure of the isocyanate group.

作為樹脂BI所具有之嵌段異氰酸酯基,能夠藉由70~150℃的熱生成異氰酸酯基之基團為更佳。亦即,嵌段異氰酸酯基的異氰酸酯生成溫度(封端劑的脫離溫度)係70~150℃為較佳。就保存穩定性的觀點而言,異氰酸酯生成溫度的下限係75℃以上為更佳,80℃以上為進一步較佳。就硬化性的觀點而言,異氰酸酯生成溫度的上限係130℃以下為更佳,120℃以下為進一步較佳。As the blocked isocyanate group that resin BI has, a group capable of generating an isocyanate group by heat of 70 to 150° C. is more preferred. That is, the isocyanate generation temperature (desorption temperature of the blocking agent) of the blocked isocyanate group is preferably 70 to 150°C. From the viewpoint of storage stability, the lower limit of the isocyanate generation temperature is more preferably 75°C or higher, and further preferably 80°C or higher. From the viewpoint of curability, the upper limit of the isocyanate generation temperature is more preferably 130°C or lower, and further preferably 120°C or lower.

作為保護嵌段異氰酸酯基的異氰酸酯基之封端劑,可舉出肟化合物、內醯胺化合物、酚化合物、醇化合物、胺化合物、活性亞甲基化合物、吡唑化合物、硫醇化合物、咪唑化合物、醯亞胺化合物等,就保護反應及脫保護反應的容易性的觀點而言,肟化合物、內醯胺化合物、活性亞甲基化合物、吡唑化合物為較佳,肟化合物、活性亞甲基化合物、吡唑化合物為更佳,肟化合物為進一步較佳。Examples of the blocking agent for protecting the isocyanate group of the blocked isocyanate group include oxime compounds, lactam compounds, phenol compounds, alcohol compounds, amine compounds, active methylene compounds, pyrazole compounds, thiol compounds, and imidazole compounds. , imine compounds, etc., from the viewpoint of ease of protection reaction and deprotection reaction, oxime compounds, lactamide compounds, active methylene compounds, and pyrazole compounds are preferred, and oxime compounds, active methylene compounds Compounds and pyrazole compounds are more preferred, and oxime compounds are further preferred.

本發明的著色組成物包含具有鹼基之樹脂亦為較佳。具有鹼基之樹脂係包含在側鏈具有鹼基之重複單元之樹脂為較佳,具有在側鏈具有鹼基之重複單元和不含鹼基之重複單元之共聚物為更佳,具有在側鏈具有鹼基之重複單元和不含鹼基之重複單元之嵌段共聚物為進一步較佳。具有鹼基之樹脂還能夠用作分散劑。具有鹼基之樹脂的胺值係5~300mgKOH/g為較佳。下限係10mgKOH/g以上為更佳,20mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳。上限係200mgKOH/g以下為更佳,100mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳。It is also preferable that the colored composition of the present invention contains a resin having a base. The resin having a base is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a base in the side chain, and a copolymer having a repeating unit having a base in the side chain and a repeating unit without a base is more preferably, having a repeating unit in the side chain. A block copolymer in which the chain has repeating units of bases and repeating units without bases is further preferred. Resins with bases can also be used as dispersants. The amine value of the resin having a base is preferably 5 to 300 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is more preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, and still more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, and still more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less.

作為具有鹼基之樹脂中所包含之鹼基,可舉出由下述式(am-1)表示之基團、由下述式(am-2)表示之基團等。 [化學式9] Examples of the base contained in the resin having a base include a group represented by the following formula (am-1), a group represented by the following formula (am-2), and the like. [Chemical formula 9]

式(am-1)中,R am1及R am2分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,R am1與R am2可以鍵結而形成環; 式(am-2)中,R am11表示氫原子、羥基、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、醯基或氧自由基,R am12~R am19分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。 In formula (am-1), R am1 and R am2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R am1 and R am2 can be bonded to form a ring; in formula (am-2), R am11 represents hydrogen atom, hydroxyl group, alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, acyl group or oxygen radical, and R am12 to R am19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.

R am1、R am2、R am11~R am19所表示之烷基的碳數係1~30為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~8為進一步較佳,1~5為特佳。 烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。烷基可以具有取代基。 The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by Ram1 , Ram2 , Ram11 to Ram19 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, further preferably 1 to 8, and particularly preferably 1 to 5. The alkyl group can be any one of straight chain, branched chain, and cyclic. Straight chain or branched chain is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkyl group may have a substituent.

R am1、R am2、R am11~R am19所表示之芳基的碳數係6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。芳基可以具有取代基。 The carbon number of the aryl group represented by Ram1 , Ram2 , Ram11 to Ram19 is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and further preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group may have a substituent.

R am11所表示之烷氧基的碳數係1~30為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~8為進一步較佳,1~5為特佳。烷氧基可以具有取代基。 The carbon number of the alkoxy group represented by R am11 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, further preferably 1 to 8, and particularly preferably 1 to 5. The alkoxy group may have a substituent.

R am11所表示之芳氧基的碳數係6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。芳氧基可以具有取代基。 The carbon number of the aryloxy group represented by R am11 is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and further preferably 6 to 12. The aryloxy group may have a substituent.

R am11所表示之醯基的碳數係2~30為較佳,2~20為更佳,2~12為進一步較佳。醯基可以具有取代基。 The carbon number of the acyl group represented by R am11 is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, and further preferably 2 to 12. The acyl group may have a substituent.

關於具有鹼基之樹脂,可舉出日本特開2014-219665號公報的0063~0112段中所記載之嵌段共聚物(B)、日本特開2018-156021號公報的0046~0076段中所記載之嵌段共聚物A1。Examples of the resin having a base include the block copolymer (B) described in paragraphs 0063 to 0112 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-219665, and the block copolymer (B) described in paragraphs 0046 to 0076 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-156021. Described block copolymer A1.

作為具有鹼基之樹脂的市售品,可舉出DISPERBYK-161、162、163、164、166、167、168、174、182、183、184、185、2000、2001、2050、2150、2163、2164、BYK-LPN6919(以上由BYK Chemie公司製造)、Solsperse11200、13240、13650、13940、24000、26000、28000、32000、32500、32550、32600、33000、34750、35100、35200、37500、38500、39000、53095、56000、7100(以上由Lubrizol Japan Ltd.製造)、Efka PX 4300、4330、4046、4060、4080(以上由BASF公司製造)等。Commercially available resins having bases include DISPERBYK-161, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 168, 174, 182, 183, 184, 185, 2000, 2001, 2050, 2150, 2163, 375 00, 38500, 39000, 53095, 56000, 7100 (the above are manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Ltd.), Efka PX 4300, 4330, 4046, 4060, 4080 (the above are manufactured by BASF), etc.

作為樹脂,使用具有芳香族羧基之樹脂(以下,亦稱為樹脂Ac)亦為較佳。在樹脂Ac中,芳香族羧基可以包含在重複單元的主鏈上,亦可以包含在重複單元的側鏈上。芳香族羧基包含在重複單元的主鏈上為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,芳香族羧基係指1個以上的羧基與芳環鍵結而成之結構的基團。在芳香族羧基中,與芳環鍵結之羧基的數量係1~4個為較佳,1~2個為更佳。As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group (hereinafter also referred to as resin Ac). In the resin Ac, the aromatic carboxyl group may be included in the main chain of the repeating unit or in the side chain of the repeating unit. It is preferred that the aromatic carboxyl group is included in the main chain of the repeating unit. In addition, in this specification, the aromatic carboxyl group refers to a group having a structure in which one or more carboxyl groups are bonded to an aromatic ring. Among the aromatic carboxyl groups, the number of carboxyl groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2.

樹脂Ac係包含選自由式(Ac-1)表示之重複單元及由式(Ac-2)表示之重複單元中之至少1種重複單元之樹脂為較佳。 [化學式10] 式(Ac-1)中,Ar 1表示包含芳香族羧基之基團,L 1表示-COO-或-CONH-,L 2表示2價的連結基。 式(Ac-2)中,Ar 10表示包含芳香族羧基之基團,L 11表示-COO-或-CONH-,L 12表示3價的連結基,P 10表示聚合物鏈。 The resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (Ac-2). [Chemical formula 10] In the formula (Ac-1), Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and L 2 represents a divalent linking group. In the formula (Ac-2), Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, L 12 represents a trivalent linking group, and P 10 represents a polymer chain.

作為式(Ac-1)中Ar 1所表示之包含芳香族羧基之基團,可舉出源自芳香族三羧酸酐之結構、源自芳香族四羧酸酐之結構等。作為芳香族三羧酸酐及芳香族四羧酸酐,可舉出下述結構的化合物。 [化學式11] Examples of the aromatic carboxyl group-containing group represented by Ar 1 in Formula (Ac-1) include a structure derived from aromatic tricarboxylic anhydride, a structure derived from aromatic tetracarboxylic anhydride, and the like. Examples of aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides and aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydrides include compounds with the following structures. [Chemical formula 11]

上述式中,Q 1表示單鍵、-O-、-CO-、-COOCH 2CH 2OCO-、-SO 2-、-C(CF 32-、由下述式(Q-1)表示之基團或由下述式(Q-2)表示之基團。 [化學式12] In the above formula, Q 1 represents a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C (CF 3 ) 2 -, and is represented by the following formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2). [Chemical formula 12]

Ar 1所表示之包含芳香族羧基之基團可以具有聚合性基。聚合性基係含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團及環狀醚基為較佳,含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為更佳。作為Ar 1所表示之包含芳香族羧基之基團的具體例,可舉出由式(Ar-11)表示之基團、由式(Ar-12)表示之基團、由式(Ar-13)表示之基團等。 [化學式13] The group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 may have a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is preferably a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond and a cyclic ether group, and a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond is more preferred. Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by formula (Ar-11), a group represented by formula (Ar-12), a group represented by formula (Ar-13) ) represents groups, etc. [Chemical formula 13]

式(Ar-11)中,n1表示1~4的整數,1或2為較佳,2為更佳。 式(Ar-12)中,n2表示1~8的整數,1~4的整數為較佳,1或2為更佳,2為進一步較佳。 式(Ar-13)中,n3及n4分別獨立地表示0~4的整數,0~2的整數為較佳,1或2為更佳,1為進一步較佳。其中,n3及n4中的至少一者為1以上的整數。 式(Ar-13)中,Q 1表示單鍵、-O-、-CO-、-COOCH 2CH 2OCO-、-SO 2-、-C(CF 32-、由上述式(Q-1)表示之基團或由上述式(Q-2)表示之基團。 式(Ar-11)~(Ar-13)中,*1表示與L 1的鍵結位置。 In formula (Ar-11), n1 represents an integer from 1 to 4, 1 or 2 is preferred, and 2 is more preferred. In formula (Ar-12), n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, and an integer of 1 to 4 is preferred, 1 or 2 is more preferred, and 2 is further preferred. In the formula (Ar-13), n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4. An integer of 0 to 2 is preferred, 1 or 2 is more preferred, and 1 is further preferred. Among them, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer greater than 1. In the formula (Ar-13), Q 1 represents a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C (CF 3 ) 2 -. From the above formula (Q- The group represented by 1) or the group represented by the above formula (Q-2). In the formulas (Ar-11) to (Ar-13), *1 represents the bonding position with L 1 .

在式(Ac-1)中,L 1表示-COO-或-CONH-,表示-COO-為較佳。 In the formula (Ac-1), L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, preferably -COO-.

作為式(Ac-1)中L 2所表示之2價的連結基,可舉出伸烷基、伸芳基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-及將該等2種以上組合而得之基團。伸烷基的碳數係1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~15為進一步較佳。伸烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種。伸芳基的碳數係6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。伸烷基及伸芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出羥基等。L 2所表示之2價的連結基係由-L 2a-O-表示之基團為較佳。關於L 2a,可舉出伸烷基;伸芳基;將伸烷基與伸芳基組合而得之基團;將選自伸烷基及伸芳基中之至少1種與選自-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及-S-中之至少1種組合而得之基團等,伸烷基為較佳。伸烷基的碳數係1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~15為進一步較佳。伸烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種。伸烷基及伸芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出羥基等。 Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 2 in the formula (Ac-1) include an alkylene group, an aryl group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S- and groups obtained by combining two or more of these. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and further preferably 1 to 15. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and further preferably 6 to 10. The alkylene group and the aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include hydroxyl group and the like. The divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by -L 2a -O-. L 2a includes an alkylene group; an aryl group; a group obtained by combining an alkylene group and an aryl group; a combination of at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group and an aryl group and a group selected from -O A group obtained by combining at least one of -, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S-, etc., and an alkylene group is preferred. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and further preferably 1 to 15. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkylene group and the aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include hydroxyl group and the like.

作為式(Ac-2)中Ar 10所表示之包含芳香族羧基之基團,與式(Ac-1)的Ar 1含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 The group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 10 in the formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in the formula (Ac-1), and the preferred range is also the same.

在式(Ac-2)中,L 11表示-COO-或-CONH-,表示-COO-為較佳。 In the formula (Ac-2), L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, preferably -COO-.

作為式(Ac-2)中L 12所表示之3價的連結基,可舉出烴基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-及將該等2種以上組合而得之基團。關於烴基,可舉出脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴基。脂肪族烴基的碳數係1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~15為進一步較佳。脂肪族烴基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種。芳香族烴基的碳數係6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。烴基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出羥基等。L 12所表示之3價的連結基係由式(L12-1)表示之基團為較佳,由式(L12-2)表示之基團為更佳。 [化學式14] Examples of the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 in formula (Ac-2) include hydrocarbon groups, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and these A group obtained by combining 2 or more kinds. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and aromatic hydrocarbon groups. The carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and still more preferably 1 to 15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and still more preferably 6 to 10. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include hydroxyl group and the like. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by formula (L12-1), and more preferably a group represented by formula (L12-2). [Chemical formula 14]

式(L12-1)中,L 12b表示3價的連結基,X 1表示S,*1表示與式(Ac-2)的L 11的鍵結位置,*2表示與式(Ac-2)的P 10的鍵結位置。作為L 12b所表示之3價的連結基,可舉出烴基;將烴基與選自-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及-S-中之至少1種組合而得之基團等,烴基或將烴基與-O-組合而得之基團為較佳。 In the formula (L12-1), L 12b represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of the formula (Ac-2), and *2 represents the bonding position with the formula (Ac-2) The bonding position of P 10 . Examples of the trivalent linking group represented by L 12b include a hydrocarbon group; a hydrocarbon group and at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S- A group obtained by combining a hydrocarbon group or a group obtained by combining a hydrocarbon group with -O- is preferred.

式(L12-2)中,L 12c表示3價的連結基,X 1表示S,*1表示與式(Ac-2)的L 11的鍵結位置,*2表示與式(Ac-2)的P 10的鍵結位置。作為L 12c所表示之3價的連結基,可舉出烴基;將烴基與選自-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及-S-中之至少1種組合而得之基團等,烴基為較佳。 In the formula (L12-2), L 12c represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of the formula (Ac-2), and *2 represents the bonding position with the formula (Ac-2) The bonding position of P 10 . Examples of the trivalent linking group represented by L 12c include a hydrocarbon group; a hydrocarbon group and at least one selected from the group consisting of -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S- Among the groups obtained by combining them, hydrocarbon groups are preferred.

在式(Ac-2)中,P 10表示聚合物鏈。P 10所表示之聚合物鏈具有選自聚(甲基)丙烯酸重複單元、聚醚重複單元、聚酯重複單元及多元醇重複單元中之至少1種重複單元為較佳。聚合物鏈P 10的重量平均分子量係500~20000為較佳。下限係1000以上為更佳。上限係10000以下為更佳,5000以下為進一步較佳,3000以下為進一步較佳。若P 10的重量平均分子量在上述範圍內,則組成物中的顏料的分散性良好。在具有芳香族羧基之樹脂為具有由式(Ac-2)表示之重複單元之樹脂之情形下,該樹脂可較佳地用作分散劑。 In formula (Ac-2), P 10 represents a polymer chain. The polymer chain represented by P 10 preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of poly(meth)acrylic acid repeating units, polyether repeating units, polyester repeating units and polyol repeating units. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P 10 is preferably 500 to 20,000. The lower limit is preferably 1,000 or more. The upper limit is preferably 10,000 or less, still more preferably 5,000 or less, and still more preferably 3,000 or less. If the weight average molecular weight of P10 is within the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition will be good. In the case where the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group is a resin having a repeating unit represented by formula (Ac-2), the resin can be preferably used as a dispersant.

P 10所表示之聚合物鏈可以包含聚合性基。作為聚合性基,可舉出含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團及環狀醚基。 The polymer chain represented by P 10 may contain a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group include a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond and a cyclic ether group.

作為樹脂,使用具有磷酸基之樹脂亦為較佳。作為具有磷酸基之樹脂,可舉出由式(P-3-1)表示之樹脂。該樹脂較佳地用作分散劑。 [化學式15] 式(P-3-1)中,Rp 1表示伸烷基,Rp 2表示氫原子或取代基,n表示10~1000的數,y表示1~2的數。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having a phosphate group. Examples of the resin having a phosphate group include a resin represented by formula (P-3-1). This resin is preferably used as a dispersant. [Chemical formula 15] In the formula (P-3-1), Rp 1 represents an alkylene group, Rp 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, n represents a number from 10 to 1000, and y represents a number from 1 to 2.

Rp 1所表示之伸烷基的碳數係1~10為較佳,1~5為更佳,2或3為進一步較佳。Rp 1係伸乙基為較佳。 作為Rp 2所表示之取代基,可舉出烷基、芳基、雜芳基等,烷基為較佳。烷基的碳數係5~30為較佳。烷基可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀中的任一種,直鏈狀或支鏈狀為較佳,支鏈狀為更佳。 The carbon number of the alkylene group represented by Rp 1 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and further preferably 2 or 3. Rp 1 is preferably an ethyl group. Examples of the substituent represented by Rp 2 include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, and the like, with an alkyl group being preferred. The alkyl group preferably has a carbon number of 5 to 30. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkyl group is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably branched.

由式(P-3-1)表示之結構的樹脂的重量平均分子量係2000~50000為較佳,3000~45000為更佳,4000~40000為進一步較佳。The weight average molecular weight of the resin having the structure represented by formula (P-3-1) is preferably 2,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 45,000, and still more preferably 4,000 to 40,000.

由式(P-3-1)表示之結構的樹脂的酸值係10~200mgKOH/g為較佳,20~150mgKOH/g為更佳,30~120mgKOH/g為進一步較佳。The acid value of the resin having the structure represented by formula (P-3-1) is preferably 10 to 200 mgKOH/g, more preferably 20 to 150 mgKOH/g, and further preferably 30 to 120 mgKOH/g.

本發明的著色組成物能夠含有作為分散劑的樹脂。作為分散劑,可舉出酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)、鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)。在此,酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)表示酸基的量多於鹼基的量的樹脂。作為酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂),將酸基的量與鹼基的量的總量設為100莫耳%時酸基的量佔據70莫耳%以上之樹脂為較佳,實質上僅包含酸基之樹脂為更佳。酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)所具有之酸基係羧基為較佳。酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)的酸值係10~105mgKOH/g為較佳。又,鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)表示鹼基的量多於酸基的量之樹脂。作為鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂),將酸基的量與鹼基的量的總量設為100莫耳%時鹼基的量超過50莫耳%之樹脂為較佳。鹼性分散劑所具有之鹼基係胺基為較佳。The colored composition of the present invention can contain a resin as a dispersant. Examples of the dispersant include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and alkaline dispersants (basic resins). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) means a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of base groups. As an acidic dispersant (acidic resin), when the total amount of acid groups and base amounts is 100 mol%, a resin in which the amount of acid groups occupies 70 mol% or more is preferred, and it essentially contains only acids. The base resin is better. The acidic dispersant (acidic resin) preferably has a carboxyl group as its acidic group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 to 105 mgKOH/g. In addition, the alkaline dispersant (alkaline resin) means a resin in which the amount of base groups is greater than the amount of acid groups. As an alkaline dispersant (alkaline resin), a resin in which the amount of bases exceeds 50 mol% when the total amount of acid groups and bases is 100 mol% is preferred. It is preferable that the alkaline dispersant has an alkaline amine group.

作為分散劑,例如,可舉出高分子分散劑〔例如,聚醯胺胺及其鹽、聚羧酸及其鹽、高分子量不飽和酸酯、改質聚胺酯、改質聚酯、改質聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物、萘磺酸福馬林縮合物〕、聚氧乙烯烷基磷酸酯、聚氧乙烯烷基胺、烷醇胺等。關於高分子分散劑,能夠依據其結構進一步分類為直鏈狀高分子、末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子。高分子分散劑吸附在顏料等的粒子表面並發揮作用以防止重新凝聚。因此,能夠舉出在顏料等的粒子表面具有錨定(anchor)部位之末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子作為較佳結構。又,亦可較佳地使用日本特開2011-070156號公報的0028~0124段中所記載之分散劑、日本特開2007-277514號公報中所記載之分散劑。Examples of dispersants include polymer dispersants [for example, polyamide amines and their salts, polycarboxylic acids and their salts, high molecular weight unsaturated acid esters, modified polyurethanes, modified polyesters, modified polyesters, etc. (Meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic copolymer, naphthalene sulfonate formalin condensate], polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate, polyoxyethylene alkylamine, alkanolamine, etc. Regarding polymer dispersants, they can be further classified according to their structures into linear polymers, terminal modified polymers, grafted polymers, and block polymers. Polymer dispersants are adsorbed on the surface of particles such as pigments and work to prevent re-aggregation. Therefore, terminally modified polymers, graft polymers, and block polymers having anchor sites on the surface of particles such as pigments can be cited as preferred structures. In addition, the dispersant described in paragraphs 0028 to 0124 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-070156 and the dispersant described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-277514 can also be preferably used.

在分散劑中還能夠使用接枝共聚物。接枝共聚物的詳細內容能夠參閱日本特開2012-137564號公報的0131~0160段的記載,該內容被編入到本說明書中。又,在分散劑中還能夠使用在主鏈及側鏈中的至少一者包含氮原子之寡聚亞胺系共聚物。關於寡聚亞胺系共聚物,能夠參閱日本特開2012-255128號公報的0102~0174段的記載,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。又,在分散劑中還能夠使用在芯部鍵結有複數個聚合物鏈之結構的樹脂。作為這樣的樹脂,例如可舉出樹枝狀聚合物(包含星型聚合物)。又,作為樹枝狀聚合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2013-043962號公報的0196~0209段中所記載之高分子化合物C-1~C-31等。又,在分散劑中,還能夠使用國際公開第2016/104803號中所記載之具有聚酯側鏈之聚乙烯亞胺、國際公開第2019/125940號中所記載之嵌段共聚物、日本特開2020-066687號公報中所記載之具有丙烯醯胺結構單元之嵌段聚合物、日本特開2020-066688號公報中所記載之具有丙烯醯胺結構單元之嵌段聚合物等。又,還能夠將鹼可溶性樹脂用作分散劑。Graft copolymers can also be used in dispersants. For details on the graft copolymer, refer to the description in paragraphs 0131 to 0160 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-137564, and this content is incorporated into this specification. Furthermore, an oligoimine-based copolymer in which at least one of the main chain and the side chain contains a nitrogen atom can be used as the dispersant. Regarding the oligoimine-based copolymer, the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0174 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-255128 can be referred to, and the content is incorporated into this specification. Furthermore, a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to a core can be used as the dispersant. Examples of such resins include dendritic polymers (including star-shaped polymers). Specific examples of dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-043962. In addition, as the dispersant, polyethylene imine having a polyester side chain described in International Publication No. 2016/104803, block copolymer described in International Publication No. 2019/125940, and Japanese Patent Publication can also be used. The block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-066687, the block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-066688, etc. Moreover, an alkali-soluble resin can also be used as a dispersing agent.

分散劑還能夠作為市售品而獲得,作為該種具體例,可舉出BYK Chemie公司製造的Disperbyk系列(例如,Disperbyk-111、2001等)、BYK系列、Lubrizol Japan Ltd.製造的Solsperse系列(例如,Solsperse20000、76500等)、Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co.,Inc.製造的Azisper系列等。又,還能夠將日本特開2012-137564號公報的0129段中所記載之產品、日本特開2017-194662號公報的0235段中所記載之產品用作分散劑。Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples thereof include Disperbyk series (for example, Disperbyk-111, 2001, etc.) manufactured by BYK Chemie, BYK series, and Solsperse series (Solsperse series manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Ltd.) manufactured by BYK Chemie Co., Ltd. For example, Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), Azisper series manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Inc., etc. Moreover, the products described in Paragraph 0129 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-137564 and the products described in Paragraph 0235 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-194662 can also be used as dispersants.

著色組成物的總固體成分中的樹脂的含量係5~50質量%為較佳。上限係40質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳。下限係10質量%以上為更佳,20質量%以上為進一步較佳。 著色組成物的總固體成分中的鹼可溶性樹脂的含量係1~50質量%為較佳。上限係30質量%以下為更佳,15質量%以下為進一步較佳。下限係2.5質量%以上為更佳,5質量%以上為進一步較佳。 本發明的著色組成物可以僅包含1種樹脂,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上的樹脂之情形下,該等總量在上述範圍內為較佳。 The content of the resin in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 5 to 50% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 40% by mass or less, and further preferably 30% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 20% by mass or more. The content of the alkali-soluble resin in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 50% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and further preferably 15% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 2.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 5% by mass or more. The colored composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of resins are included, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.

<<溶劑>> 本發明的著色組成物含有溶劑。作為溶劑,可舉出有機溶劑。關於溶劑,只要滿足各成分的溶解性或著色組成物的塗佈性,則基本上並無特別限制。作為有機溶劑,可舉出酯系溶劑、酮系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑、醚系溶劑、烴系溶劑等。關於該等的詳細內容,能夠參閱國際公開第2015/166779號的0223段,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。又,能夠較佳地使用環狀烷基經取代之酯系溶劑、環狀烷基經取代之酮系溶劑。作為有機溶劑的具體例,可舉出聚乙二醇單甲醚、二氯甲烷、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、3-戊酮、4-庚酮、環己酮、2-甲基環己酮、3-甲基環己酮、4-甲基環己酮、環庚酮、環辛酮、乙酸環己酯、環戊酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、丙二醇二乙酸酯、3-甲氧基丁醇、甲基乙基酮、γ-丁內酯、環丁碸、苯甲醚、1,4-二乙醯氧基丁烷、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙酸丁烷-1,3-二基、二丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、二丙酮醇(作為別名,二丙酮醇、4-羥基-4-甲基-2-戊酮)、2-甲氧基丙基乙酸酯、2-甲氧基-1-丙醇、異丙醇等。但是,有時出於環境方面等原因,減少作為有機溶劑之芳香族烴類(苯、甲苯、二甲苯、乙苯等)為較佳(例如,相對於有機溶劑總量,能夠設為50質量ppm(百萬分率(parts per million))以下,還能夠設為10質量ppm以下,還能夠設為1質量ppm以下)。 <<Solvent>> The colored composition of the present invention contains a solvent. Examples of the solvent include organic solvents. The solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component or the coating properties of the coloring composition. Examples of the organic solvent include ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, and the like. For details, please refer to paragraph 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, and this content is incorporated into this specification. Furthermore, ester solvents in which a cyclic alkyl group is substituted and ketone solvents in which a cyclic alkyl group is substituted can be preferably used. Specific examples of the organic solvent include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, methylene chloride, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, and ethylcelusacetate. , Ethyl lactate, diglyme, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methyl Cyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethylcarbitol acetate, butylcarbitol Alcohol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide Amine, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, methyl ethyl ketone, γ-butyrolactone, cyclotetrane, anisole, 1,4-diethyloxybutane, diethyl Glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol (as aliases, diacetone alcohol, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2- Pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, isopropyl alcohol, etc. However, sometimes it is better to reduce the number of aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) used as organic solvents for environmental reasons (for example, it can be set to 50 mass based on the total amount of organic solvents). ppm (parts per million) or less, it can also be set to 10 mass ppm or less, it can also be set to 1 mass ppm or less).

在本發明中,使用金屬含量少的有機溶劑為較佳,例如有機溶劑的金屬含量為10質量ppb(parts per billion:十億分率)以下為較佳。依據需要,可以使用質量ppt(parts per trillion:兆分率)等級的溶劑,該種高純度溶劑例如由Toyo Gosei Co.,Ltd提供(化學工業日報,2015年11月13日)。In the present invention, it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a small metal content. For example, it is preferable that the metal content of the organic solvent is 10 mass ppb (parts per billion: parts per billion) or less. Depending on the needs, solvents with a mass ppt (parts per trillion: parts per trillion) grade can be used. Such high-purity solvents are provided by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (Chemical Industry Daily, November 13, 2015).

作為從有機溶劑中去除金屬等雜質之方法,例如能夠舉出蒸餾(分子蒸餾或薄膜蒸餾等)或使用了過濾器之過濾。作為過濾中所使用之過濾器的過濾器孔徑,10μm以下為較佳,5μm以下為更佳,3μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質係聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) or filtration using a filter. The filter pore size of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and further preferably 3 μm or less. The filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.

有機溶劑可以包含異構體(雖然原子數相同,但是結構不同之化合物)。又,異構體可以僅包含1種,亦可以包含複數種。Organic solvents can contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). In addition, the isomer may include only one type or a plurality of types.

有機溶劑中的過氧化物的含有率係0.8mmol/L以下為較佳,有機溶劑實質上不含過氧化物為更佳。It is preferable that the peroxide content rate in the organic solvent is 0.8 mmol/L or less, and it is more preferable that the organic solvent contains substantially no peroxide.

著色組成物中的溶劑的含量係60~95質量%為較佳。上限係90質量%以下為更佳,87.5質量%以下為進一步較佳,85質量%以下為更進一步較佳。下限係65質量%以上為更佳,70質量%以上為進一步較佳,75質量%以上為更進一步較佳。溶劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情形下,該等的總量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the solvent in the coloring composition is preferably 60 to 95% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 90 mass% or less, more preferably 87.5 mass% or less, and still more preferably 85 mass% or less. The lower limit is more preferably 65 mass % or more, more preferably 70 mass % or more, and still more preferably 75 mass % or more. One type of solvent may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.

又,就環境管制的觀點而言,本發明的著色組成物實質上不含環境管制物質為較佳。另外,在本發明中,實質上不含有環境管制物質係指著色組成物中的環境管制物質的含量為50質量ppm以下,30質量ppm以下為較佳,10質量ppm以下為進一步較佳,1質量ppm以下為特佳。環境管制物質例如可舉出苯;甲苯、二甲苯等烷基苯類;氯苯等鹵化苯類等。該等在REACH(Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals)管制、PRTR(Pollutant Release and Transfer Register)法、VOC(Volatile Organic Compounds)管制等下註冊為環境管制物質,使用量和處理方法受到嚴格管制。該等化合物有時在製造用於本發明的著色組成物之各成分等時用作溶劑,作為殘留溶劑混入著色組成物中。就對人的安全性、對環境的考慮的觀點而言,盡可能地減少該等物質為較佳。作為減少環境管制物質之方法,可舉出將系統內部進行加熱和減壓而設為環境管制物質的沸點以上,並從反應體系中蒸餾去除環境管制物質並將其減少之方法。又,在蒸餾去除少量的環境管制物質之情形下,為了提高效率而與具有該溶劑等同的沸點之溶劑共沸亦係有用的。又,當含有具有自由基聚合性之化合物時,可以在添加聚合抑制劑之後減壓蒸餾去除,以便抑制在減壓蒸餾去除中自由基聚合反應的進行導致在分子間進行交聯。該等蒸餾去除方法能夠在原料階段、使原料進行反應之產物(例如,聚合後的樹脂溶液和多官能單體溶液)的階段或藉由混合該等化合物而製作之著色組成物的階段中的任一階段中進行。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of environmental control, it is preferable that the coloring composition of the present invention substantially does not contain environmentally controlled substances. In addition, in the present invention, substantially no environmentally controlled substances means that the content of environmentally controlled substances in the coloring composition is 50 ppm by mass or less, preferably 30 ppm by mass or less, further preferably 10 ppm by mass or less, 1 Quality below ppm is particularly good. Examples of environmentally controlled substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzene such as chlorobenzene. These substances are registered as environmentally controlled substances under REACH (Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals) control, PRTR (Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) law, VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) control, etc., and the usage amount and treatment method are strictly controlled. These compounds may be used as solvents when producing components of the colored composition used in the present invention, and may be mixed into the colored composition as residual solvents. From the viewpoint of human safety and environmental considerations, it is better to reduce these substances as much as possible. As a method of reducing environmentally regulated substances, there is a method of heating and depressurizing the inside of the system to a temperature higher than the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substances, and then distilling and reducing the environmentally regulated substances from the reaction system. In addition, when removing a small amount of environmentally controlled substances by distillation, it is also useful to azeotrope with a solvent having a boiling point equivalent to the solvent in order to improve efficiency. Furthermore, when a compound having radical polymerizability is contained, the compound can be removed by distillation under reduced pressure after adding a polymerization inhibitor to suppress cross-linking between molecules due to the progress of the radical polymerization reaction during removal by distillation under reduced pressure. These distillation removal methods can be carried out at the stage of the raw materials, the stage of the products of the reaction of the raw materials (for example, the polymerized resin solution and the multifunctional monomer solution), or the stage of the colored composition produced by mixing these compounds. in any stage.

<<聚合性單體>> 本發明的著色組成物含有聚合性單體為較佳。作為聚合性單體,可舉出具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物等。作為含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。本發明中所使用之聚合性單體較佳為自由基聚合性單體。 <<Polymerizable monomer>> The colored composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable monomer. Examples of polymerizable monomers include compounds having a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and the like. Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond include vinyl, (meth)allyl, (meth)acrylyl, and the like. The polymerizable monomer used in the present invention is preferably a radical polymerizable monomer.

聚合性單體的分子量係100~3000為較佳。上限係2000以下為更佳,1500以下為進一步較佳。下限係150以上為更佳,250以上為進一步較佳。The molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 to 3,000. The upper limit is preferably 2,000 or less, and further preferably 1,500 or less. The lower limit is preferably 150 or more, and further preferably 250 or more.

就著色組成物的時間性的穩定性的觀點而言,聚合性單體的含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團值(以下,稱為C=C值)係2~14mmol/g為較佳。下限係3mmol/g以上為更佳,4mmol/g以上為進一步較佳,5mmol/g以上為更進一步較佳。上限係12mmol/g以下為更佳,10mmol/g以下為進一步較佳,8mmol/g以下為更進一步較佳。聚合性單體的C=C值為藉由將聚合性單體的一分子中所包含之含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團的數量除以聚合性單體的分子量來計算出之值。From the viewpoint of the temporal stability of the coloring composition, the group value (hereinafter, referred to as C=C value) containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 2 to 14 mmol/g. The lower limit is more preferably 3 mmol/g or more, more preferably 4 mmol/g or more, and still more preferably 5 mmol/g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 12 mmol/g or less, still more preferably 10 mmol/g or less, and still more preferably 8 mmol/g or less. The C=C value of a polymerizable monomer is a value calculated by dividing the number of ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups contained in one molecule of the polymerizable monomer by the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer.

聚合性單體係包含3個以上的含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為較佳,包含4個以上的含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為更佳。依據該態樣,基於曝光之著色組成物的硬化性良好。就著色組成物的時間性的穩定性的觀點而言,含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團的上限係15個以下為較佳,10個以下為更佳,6個以下為進一步較佳。又,聚合性單體係3官能以上的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳,3~15官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳,3~10官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為進一步較佳,3~6官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為特佳。The polymerizable monosystem is preferably a compound containing three or more groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a compound containing four or more groups containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond is more preferred. According to this aspect, the coloring composition has good curability by exposure. From the viewpoint of the temporal stability of the coloring composition, the upper limit of the groups containing ethylenically unsaturated bonds is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and still more preferably 6 or less. In addition, the polymerizable monosystem is preferably a (meth)acrylate compound with three or more functions, more preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound, and a 3- to 10-functional (meth)acrylate compound is more preferred To be further more preferable, a 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound is particularly preferable.

聚合性單體係包含含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團和伸烷氧基之化合物(以下,亦稱為AO單體)亦為較佳。藉由使用AO單體,與鹼顯影液等顯影液的親和性能夠提高。因此,將使用著色組成物形成之著色組成物層以圖案狀進行曝光,使用鹼顯影液等顯影液去除未曝光部的著色組成物層而形成像素時,能夠高效率地去除未曝光部的著色組成物層,能夠更有效地抑制顯影殘渣的產生。It is also preferable that the polymerizable monomer system contains a compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyleneoxy group (hereinafter also referred to as an AO monomer). By using the AO monomer, the affinity with a developer such as an alkali developer can be improved. Therefore, when a colored composition layer formed using a colored composition is exposed in a pattern and a developer such as an alkali developer is used to remove the colored composition layer in the unexposed portions to form a pixel, the coloring in the unexposed portions can be efficiently removed. The composition layer can more effectively suppress the generation of development residue.

AO單體的1分子中所包含之伸烷氧基的數量係3個以上為較佳,4個以上為更佳。就著色組成物的經時穩定性的觀點而言,上限係20個以下為較佳。The number of alkyleneoxy groups contained in one molecule of the AO monomer is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 4 or more. From the viewpoint of the stability over time of the colored composition, the upper limit is preferably 20 or less.

作為AO單體,可舉出由下述式(AO-1)表示之化合物。 [化學式16] 式中,A 1表示含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,L 1表示單鍵或2價的連結基,R 1表示伸烷基,m表示1~30的整數,n表示3以上的整數,L 2表示n價的連結基。 Examples of the AO monomer include compounds represented by the following formula (AO-1). [Chemical formula 16] In the formula, A 1 represents a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent connecting group, R 1 represents an alkylene group, m represents an integer of 1 to 30, and n represents an integer of 3 or more. L 2 represents an n-valent linking group.

作為A 1所表示之含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基,(甲基)丙烯醯基為較佳。 Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond represented by A 1 include vinyl, (meth)allyl, and (meth)acrylyl, with a (meth)acrylyl group being preferred.

作為L 1所表示之2價的連結基,可舉出伸烷基、伸芳基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及將該等2種以上組合而得之基團。伸烷基的碳數係1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~15為進一步較佳。伸烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種。伸芳基的碳數係6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。 Examples of the bivalent connecting group represented by L 1 include an alkylene group, an aryl group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, and a combination of two or more of these. And get the group. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and further preferably 1 to 15. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and further preferably 6 to 10.

R 1所表示之伸烷基的碳數係1~10為較佳,1~5為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳,2或3為特佳,2為最佳。R 1所表示之伸烷基係直鏈、支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。關於R 1所表示之伸烷基的具體例,可舉出伸乙基、直鏈或支鏈的伸丙基等,伸乙基為較佳。 The carbon number of the alkylene group represented by R 1 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, further preferably 1 to 3, 2 or 3 is particularly preferred, and 2 is the most preferred. The alkylene group represented by R 1 is preferably straight chain or branched chain, and more preferably straight chain. Specific examples of the alkylene group represented by R 1 include ethylene group, linear or branched propylene group, and the like, with ethylene group being preferred.

m表示1~30的整數,1~20的整數為較佳,1~10的整數為更佳,1~5為進一步較佳。m represents an integer of 1 to 30, and an integer of 1 to 20 is preferred, an integer of 1 to 10 is more preferred, and 1 to 5 is further preferred.

n表示3以上的整數,4以上的整數為較佳。n的上限係15以下的整數為較佳,10以下的整數為更佳,6以下的整數為進一步較佳。n represents an integer of 3 or more, and an integer of 4 or more is preferred. The upper limit of n is preferably an integer of 15 or less, more preferably an integer of 10 or less, and still more preferably an integer of 6 or less.

作為L 2所表示之n價的連結基,可舉出脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴基、雜環基及包含該等的組合之基團、以及將選自脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴基及雜環基中之至少1種與選自-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-及-NH-中之至少1種組合而得之基團。脂肪族烴基的碳數係1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~15為進一步較佳。脂肪族烴基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳。芳香族烴基的碳數係6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。雜環基可以為非芳香族雜環基,亦可以為芳香族雜環基。雜環基係5員環或6員環為較佳。構成雜環基之雜原子的種類可舉出氮原子、氧原子、硫原子等。構成雜環基之雜原子數係1~3為較佳。雜環基可以為單環,亦可以為稠環。L 2所表示之n價的連結基係衍生自多官能醇之基團亦為較佳。 Examples of the n-valent linking group represented by L 2 include aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic hydrocarbon groups, heterocyclic groups, and groups containing combinations thereof, and groups selected from the group consisting of aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic hydrocarbon groups, and heterocyclic groups. A group obtained by combining at least one selected from the group consisting of -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO- and -NH-. The carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and still more preferably 1 to 15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, with linear or branched chains being preferred. The aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has a carbon number of 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and still more preferably 6 to 10. The heterocyclic group may be a non-aromatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. The heterocyclyl group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. Examples of heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group include nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, and the like. The number of heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The heterocyclyl group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. It is also preferred that the n-valent linking group represented by L 2 is a group derived from a polyfunctional alcohol.

作為AO單體,由下述式(AO-2)表示之化合物為更佳。 [化學式17] 式中R 2表示氫原子或甲基,R 1表示伸烷基,m表示1~30的整數,n表示3以上的整數,L 2表示n價的連結基。式(AO-2)的R 1、L 2、m、n與式(AO-1)的R 1、L 2、m、n含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 As the AO monomer, a compound represented by the following formula (AO-2) is more preferred. [Chemical formula 17] In the formula, R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 1 represents an alkylene group, m represents an integer of 1 to 30, n represents an integer of 3 or more, and L 2 represents an n-valent linking group. R 1 , L 2 , m, and n in the formula (AO-2) have the same meanings as R 1 , L 2 , m, and n in the formula (AO-1), and the preferred ranges are also the same.

作為AO單體的市售品,可舉出KAYARAD T-1420(T)、RP-1040(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。Examples of commercially available AO monomers include KAYARAD T-1420 (T), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and the like.

作為聚合性單體,二新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造、NK ESTER A-DPH-12E;SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.製造)及經由乙二醇和/或丙二醇殘基而鍵結有該等(甲基)丙烯醯基之結構的化合物(例如,由SARTOMER Company,Inc.市售之SR454、SR499)為較佳。又,作為聚合性單體,還能夠使用二丙三醇EO(環氧乙烷)改性(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,M-460;TOAGOSEI CO.,Ltd.製造)、新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.製造,NK Ester A-TMMT)、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造,KAYARAD HDDA)、RP-1040(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、ARONIX M-402(TOAGOSEI CO.,Ltd.製造,二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯的混合物)、ARONIX TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO.,Ltd.製造)、NK Oligo UA-7200(SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.製造)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(Taisei Fine Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、LIGHT ACRYLATE POB-A0(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTD.製造)等。As the polymerizable monomer, dipenterythritol tri(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipenterythritol tetra(meth)acrylate Ester (commercially available product: KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipenterythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available product: KAYARAD D-310; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipenterythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK ESTER A-DPH-12E; SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD . (manufactured) and compounds having a structure in which these (meth)acrylyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol and/or propylene glycol residues (for example, SR454 and SR499 commercially available from SARTOMER Company, Inc.) are preferred. In addition, as the polymerizable monomer, diglycerol EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth)acrylate (commercially available product, M-460; manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., Ltd.), new Pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD., NK Ester A-TMMT), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP- 1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), ARONIX M-402 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., Ltd., a mixture of dipenterythritol hexaacrylate and dipenterythritol pentaacrylate), ARONIX TO-2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., Ltd.), NK Oligo UA-7200 (manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), LIGHT ACRYLATE POB- A0 (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD.) etc.

作為聚合性單體,使用三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷環氧丙烷改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷環氧乙烷改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異氰脲酸環氧乙烷改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯等3官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物亦為較佳。作為3官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物的市售品,可舉出ARONIX M-309、M-310、M-321、M-350、M-360、M-313、M-315、M-306、M-305、M-303、M-452、M-450(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)、NK ESTER A9300、A-GLY-9E、A-GLY-20E、A-TMM-3、A-TMM-3L、A-TMM-3LM-N、A-TMPT、TMPT(SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.製造)、KAYARAD GPO-303、TMPTA、THE-330、TPA-330、PET-30(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。As polymerizable monomers, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, and trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate are used. Trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds such as (meth)acrylate, ethylene oxide isocyanurate modified tri(meth)acrylate, and neopentylerythritol tri(meth)acrylate are also relatively popular. good. Commercially available products of trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include ARONIX M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M- 306, M-305, M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), NK ESTER A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A -TMM-3L, A-TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (Nippon Manufactured by Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc.

作為聚合性單體,還能夠使用具有酸基之聚合性單體。藉由使用具有酸基之聚合性單體,顯影時容易去除未曝光部的著色組成物,從而能夠抑制顯影殘渣的產衛。作為酸基,可舉出羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等,羧基為較佳。作為具有酸基之聚合性單體的市售品,可舉出ARONIX M-305、M-510、M-520、ARONIX TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)等。作為具有酸基之聚合性單體的較佳的酸值,係0.1~40mgKOH/g,更佳為5~30mgKOH/g。若聚合性單體的酸值為0.1mgKOH/g以上,則相對於顯影液之溶解性良好,若為40mgKOH/g以下,則有利於製造或操作。As the polymerizable monomer, a polymerizable monomer having an acid group can also be used. By using a polymerizable monomer having an acid group, the colored composition in the unexposed portion can be easily removed during development, thereby suppressing the generation of development residue. Examples of the acidic group include a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, and the like, with a carboxyl group being preferred. Examples of commercially available polymerizable monomers having an acid group include ARONIX M-305, M-510, M-520, ARONIX TO-2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), and the like. A preferable acid value of the polymerizable monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH/g, more preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH/g. If the acid value of the polymerizable monomer is 0.1 mgKOH/g or more, the solubility in the developer is good, and if it is 40 mgKOH/g or less, it is advantageous for production or handling.

作為聚合性單體,還能夠使用具有己內酯結構之聚合性單體。關於具有己內酯結構之聚合性單體,例如作為KAYARAD DPCA系列而由Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.市售,可舉出DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等。As the polymerizable monomer, a polymerizable monomer having a caprolactone structure can also be used. The polymerizable monomer having a caprolactone structure is commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as the KAYARAD DPCA series, for example, and includes DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120, and the like.

作為聚合性單體,還能夠使用具有茀骨架之聚合性單體。作為具有茀骨架之聚合性單體的市售品,可舉出OGSOL EA-0200、EA-0300(Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd.製造,具有茀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體)等。As the polymerizable monomer, a polymerizable monomer having a fluorine skeleton can also be used. Examples of commercially available polymerizable monomers having a fluorine skeleton include OGSOL EA-0200 and EA-0300 ((meth)acrylate monomer having a fluorine skeleton, manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd.). .

作為聚合性單體,使用實質上不含甲苯等環境管制物質之化合物亦為較佳。作為這樣的化合物的市售品,可舉出KAYARAD DPHA LT、KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。As the polymerizable monomer, it is also preferred to use a compound that does not substantially contain environmentally controlled substances such as toluene. Commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT, KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and the like.

又,作為聚合性單體,如日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號公報、日本特公平02-032293號公報、日本特公平02-016765號公報中所記載那樣的丙烯酸胺酯類;日本特公昭58-049860號公報、日本特公昭56-017654號公報、日本特公昭62-039417號公報、日本特公昭62-039418號公報中所記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺酯化合物亦為較佳。又,使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平01-105238號公報中所記載之在分子內具有胺基結構、硫醚結構之聚合性單體亦為較佳。又,聚合性單體還能夠使用UA-7200(SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.製造)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600、LINC-202UA(Kyoeisha Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)等市售品。In addition, the polymerizable monomer is as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-016765. Acrylic acid amine esters; ethylene oxide-based compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 A backbone amine ester compound is also preferred. In addition, polymerizable monomers having an amino group structure and a thioether structure in the molecule described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 63-277653, 63-260909, and 01-105238 were used. The body is also better. In addition, as the polymerizable monomer, UA-7200 (manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, Commercially available products such as AH-600, T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.).

著色組成物的總固體成分中的聚合性單體的含量係5~60質量%為較佳。上限係50質量%以下為更佳,40質量%以下為進一步較佳。下限係10質量%以上為更佳,15質量%以上為進一步較佳。 著色組成物的總固體成分中的上述之AO單體的含量係5~60質量%為較佳。上限係50質量%以下為更佳,40質量%以下為進一步較佳。下限係10質量%以上為更佳,15質量%以上為進一步較佳。 著色組成物所包含之聚合性單體中的AO單體的含量係20~100質量%為較佳,40~100質量%為更佳,60~100質量%為進一步較佳。 本發明的著色組成物可以僅包含1種聚合性單體,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上的聚合性單體之情形下,該等的總量在上述範圍內為較佳。 The content of the polymerizable monomer in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 5 to 60% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 50 mass% or less, and further preferably 40 mass% or less. The lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 15% by mass or more. The content of the above-mentioned AO monomer in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 5 to 60% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 50 mass% or less, and further preferably 40 mass% or less. The lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 15% by mass or more. The content of the AO monomer in the polymerizable monomer contained in the coloring composition is preferably 20 to 100 mass %, more preferably 40 to 100 mass %, and further preferably 60 to 100 mass %. The colored composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerizable monomer, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of polymerizable monomers are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<<光聚合起始劑>> 本發明的著色組成物含有光聚合起始劑為較佳。作為光聚合起始劑,並無特別限制,能夠從公知的光聚合起始劑中適當地進行選擇。例如,對紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性之化合物為較佳。光聚合起始劑係光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。 <<Photopolymerization initiator>> The colored composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, compounds that are photosensitive to light in the ultraviolet range to the visible range are preferred. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.

作為光聚合起始劑,可舉出鹵化烴衍生物(例如,具有三𠯤骨架之化合物、具有㗁二唑骨架之化合物等)、醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑化合物、肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、羥基烷基苯酮化合物、胺基烷基苯酮化合物、苯基乙醛酸酯化合物等。關於光聚合起始劑,就曝光靈敏度的觀點而言,選自肟化合物、羥基烷基苯酮化合物、胺基烷基苯酮化合物及醯基膦化合物中之至少1種為較佳,肟化合物為更佳。又,作為光聚合起始劑,可舉出日本特開2014-130173號公報的0065~0111段中所記載之化合物、日本專利第6301489號公報中所記載之化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019中所記載之過氧化物系光聚合起始劑、國際公開第2018/221177號中所記載之光聚合起始劑、國際公開第2018/110179號中所記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-043864號公報中所記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-044030號公報中所記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-167313號公報中所記載之過氧化物系起始劑、日本特開2020-055992號公報中所記載之具有㗁唑啶基之胺基苯乙酮基系起始劑、日本特開2013-190459號公報中所記載之肟系光聚合起始劑、日本特開2020-172619號公報中所記載之聚合物、國際公開第2020/152120號中所記載之由式1表示之化合物等,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a trioxadiazole skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbisimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic Peroxides, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, hydroxyalkylphenone compounds, aminoalkylphenone compounds, phenylglyoxylate compounds, etc. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of oxime compounds, hydroxyalkylphenone compounds, aminoalkylphenone compounds and acylphosphine compounds from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity. The oxime compound For the better. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-130173, compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 6301489, and MATERIAL STAGE 37 to 60p, vol. .19, Peroxide-based photopolymerization initiator described in No. 3, 2019, Photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, International Publication No. 2018/110179 Photopolymerization initiator, photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-043864, photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-044030, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-167313 The peroxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020-055992, the aminoacetophenone-based initiator having an ethazolidinyl group described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-190459 The described oxime-based photopolymerization initiator, the polymer described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-172619, the compound represented by Formula 1 described in International Publication No. 2020/152120, etc., and these contents are incorporated into this manual.

作為苯基乙醛酸酯化合物,可舉出苯基乙醛酸甲酯(phenyl glyoxylic acid methyl ester)等。作為市售品,可舉出Omnirad MBF(IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、Irgacure MBF(BASF公司製造)等。Examples of phenylglyoxylic acid ester compounds include phenylglyoxylic acid methyl ester and the like. Examples of commercially available products include Omnirad MBF (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure MBF (manufactured by BASF), and the like.

作為醯基膦化合物,可舉出日本專利第4225898號公報中所記載之醯基膦化合物。作為具體例,可舉出雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦等。作為醯基膦化合物的市售品,可舉出Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上由IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、Irgacure 819、Irgacure TPO(以上由BASF公司製造)等。Examples of the acylphosphine compound include those described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898. Specific examples include bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)-phenylphosphine oxide and the like. Examples of commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (the above manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819, Irgacure TPO (the above manufactured by BASF), and the like.

作為胺基烷基苯酮化合物,例如,可舉出日本特開平10-291969號公報中所記載之胺基烷基苯酮化合物。又,作為胺基烷基苯酮化合物的市售品,可舉出Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379、Omnirad 379EG(以上由IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、Irgacure 907、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 369E、Irgacure 379、Irgacure 379EG(以上由BASF公司製造)等。Examples of the aminoalkylphenone compound include those described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-291969. Examples of commercially available aminoalkylphenone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379, and Omnirad 379EG (the above are manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, and Irgacure 369E. , Irgacure 379, Irgacure 379EG (the above are manufactured by BASF), etc.

作為羥基烷基苯酮化合物,可舉出由下述式(V)表示之化合物。 [化學式18] 式中Rv 1表示取代基,Rv 2及Rv 3分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,Rv 2與Rv 3可以相互鍵結而形成環,m表示0~5的整數。 Examples of the hydroxyalkylphenone compound include compounds represented by the following formula (V). [Chemical formula 18] In the formula, Rv 1 represents a substituent, Rv 2 and Rv 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Rv 2 and Rv 3 can be bonded to each other to form a ring, and m represents an integer from 0 to 5.

作為Rv 1所表示之取代基,可舉出烷基(較佳為碳數1~10的烷基)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~10的烷氧基)。烷基及烷氧基係直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。Rv 1所表示之烷基及烷氧基可以未經取代,亦可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出羥基、具有羥基烷基苯酮結構之基團等。作為具有羥基烷基苯酮結構之基團,可舉出式(V)中的Rv 1所鍵結之苯環或從Rv 1去除1個氫原子而成之結構的基團。 Examples of the substituent represented by Rv 1 include an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms) and an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms). The alkyl and alkoxy groups are preferably straight chain or branched chain, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkyl group and alkoxy group represented by Rv 1 may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, a group having a hydroxyalkylphenone structure, and the like. Examples of the group having a hydroxyalkylphenone structure include a benzene ring to which Rv 1 is bonded in formula (V) or a group having a structure in which one hydrogen atom is removed from Rv 1 .

Rv 2及Rv 3分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。作為取代基,烷基(較佳為碳數1~10的烷基)為較佳。又,Rv 2與Rv 3可以相互鍵結而形成環(較佳為碳數4~8的環,更佳為碳數4~8的脂肪族環)。烷基係直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。 Rv 2 and Rv 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. As the substituent, an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms) is preferred. Moreover, Rv 2 and Rv 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring (preferably a ring having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an aliphatic ring having 4 to 8 carbon atoms). The alkyl group is preferably straight chain or branched chain, and straight chain is more preferred.

作為由式(V)表示之化合物的具體例,可舉出下述化合物。 [化學式19] Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (V) include the following compounds. [Chemical formula 19]

作為羥基烷基苯酮化合物的市售品,可舉出Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上由IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 1173、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 127(以上由BASF公司製造)等。Examples of commercially available hydroxyalkylphenone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, and Omnirad 127 (the above manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure 2959, and Irgacure 127 (the above manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.) Manufactured by BASF Corporation), etc.

作為肟化合物,可舉出日本特開2001-233842號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中所記載之化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)中所記載之化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)中所記載之化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)中所記載之化合物、日本特開2000-066385號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特表2004-534797號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-019766號公報中所記載之化合物、日本專利第6065596號公報中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/152153號中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/051680號中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-198865號公報中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/164127號的0025~0038段中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2013/167515號中所記載之化合物等。作為肟化合物的具體例,可舉出3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。作為市售品,可舉出Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、Irgacure OXE03、Irgacure OXE04(以上為BASF公司製造)、TR-PBG-304(Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)、Adeka Optomer N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製造,日本特開2012-014052號公報中所記載之光聚合起始劑2)。又,作為肟化合物,使用無著色性之化合物或透明性高且不易變色之化合物亦為較佳。作為市售品,可舉出ADEKA ARKLS NCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上由ADEKA CORPORATION製造)等。Examples of the oxime compound include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2001-233842, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-080068, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-342166, J.C.S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp.1653-1660), Compounds described in J.C.S. Perkin II (1979, pp.156-162), Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.202) -232), compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-066385, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-534797, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-019766 , compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 6065596, compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/152153, compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/051680, and compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-198865 compounds, compounds described in paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/167515, etc. Specific examples of the oxime compound include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetyloxyiminobutan-2-one, and 3-propyloxyiminobutan-2-one. Aminobutan-2-one, 2-acetyloxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetyloxyiminopentan-1-one, 2-benzylpropan-1-one Oxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1 -Phenylpropan-1-one, etc. Examples of commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, Irgacure OXE04 (the above are manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.), Adeka Optomer N- 1919 (Photopolymerization initiator 2 manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION and described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-014052). In addition, as the oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a non-coloring compound or a compound that is highly transparent and difficult to change color. Examples of commercially available products include ADEKA ARKLS NCI-730, NCI-831, NCI-930 (the above are manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), and the like.

作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠使用具有茀環之肟化合物。作為具有茀環之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2014-137466號公報中所記載之化合物、日本專利6636081號公報中所記載之化合物、韓國公開專利第10-2016-0109444號公報中所記載之化合物。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorine ring can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine ring include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-137466, compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 6636081, and Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444. compounds described in .

作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠使用具有咔唑環的至少1個苯環成為萘環之骨架之肟化合物。作為這種肟化合物的具體例,可舉出國際公開第2013/083505號中所記載之化合物。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound in which at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring serves as the skeleton of a naphthalene ring can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.

作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。作為具有氟原子之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報中所記載之化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報中所記載之化合物(C-3)等。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-500852, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-500852. Compound (C-3) described in Publication No. 2013-164471, etc.

作為光聚合起始劑,還能狗使用具有硝基之肟化合物。具有硝基之肟化合物設為二聚體亦為較佳。作為具有硝基之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2013-114249號公報的0031~0047段、日本特開2014-137466號公報的0008~0012、0070~0079段中所記載之化合物、日本專利4223071號公報的0007~0025段中所記載之化合物、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)。As a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a nitro group can also be used. It is also preferable that the oxime compound having a nitro group is a dimer. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-114249 and paragraphs 0008 to 0012 and 0070 to 0079 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-137466. , the compound described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071, ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION).

作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠使用具有苯并呋喃骨架之肟化合物。作為具體例,可舉出國際公開第2015/036910號中所記載之OE-01~OE-75。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.

作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠使用具有羥基之取代基鍵結於咔唑骨架上而得之肟化合物。作為這樣的光聚合起始劑,可舉出國際公開第2019/088055號中所記載之化合物等。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton can also be used. Examples of such photopolymerization initiators include compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.

以下示出本發明中較佳地使用之肟化合物的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該等。Specific examples of oxime compounds preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.

[化學式20] [化學式21] [化學式22] [Chemical formula 20] [Chemical formula 21] [Chemical formula 22]

在本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑,併用甲醇中的波長365nm的吸光係數超過1.0×10 2mL/g•cm之光聚合起始劑A1和甲醇中的波長365nm的吸光係數為1.0×10 2mL/g•cm以下且波長254nm的吸光係數為1.0×10 3mL/g•cm以上的光聚合起始劑A2亦為較佳。依據該態樣,容易藉由曝光使著色組成物充分硬化,能夠藉由低溫步驟(例如,在整個製程中為150℃以下、較佳為120℃以下的溫度下的步驟)來形成平坦性良好且耐光性及耐濕性等特性亦優異的像素。作為光聚合起始劑A1及光聚合起始劑A2,從上述之化合物中選擇具有上述吸光係數之化合物來使用為較佳。 In the present invention, as the photopolymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator A1 whose absorbance coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol exceeds 1.0×10 2 mL/g·cm and a photopolymerization initiator A1 whose absorbance coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol is 1.0× are used in combination. It is also preferable that the photopolymerization initiator A2 has an absorption coefficient of 10 2 mL/g·cm or less and a wavelength of 254 nm of 1.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more. According to this aspect, it is easy to fully harden the colored composition by exposure, and it is possible to form a film with good flatness through a low-temperature step (for example, a step at a temperature of 150°C or lower, preferably 120°C or lower in the entire process). It is also a pixel with excellent characteristics such as light resistance and moisture resistance. As the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2, it is preferable to select a compound having the above-mentioned light absorption coefficient from the above-mentioned compounds.

另外,在本發明中,光聚合起始劑的上述波長下的吸光係數為以下述方式測量之值。亦即,藉由將光聚合起始劑溶解於甲醇中來製備測量溶液,並測量前述測量溶液的吸光度來計算。具體而言,將前述測量溶液放入寬度為1cm的玻璃槽中,使用Agilent Technologies, Inc.製造的UV-Vis-NIR光譜儀(Cary5000)測量吸光度,並套用到下述式中,計算出波長365nm及波長254nm下的吸光係數(mL/g•cm)。 [數式1] 在上述式中,ε表示吸光係數(mL/g•cm),A表示吸光度,c表示光聚合起始劑的濃度(g/mL),l表示光徑長度(cm)。 In addition, in the present invention, the absorption coefficient of the photopolymerization initiator at the above wavelength is a value measured in the following manner. That is, the measurement solution is prepared by dissolving the photopolymerization initiator in methanol, and the absorbance of the aforementioned measurement solution is measured for calculation. Specifically, the aforementioned measurement solution was placed in a glass tank with a width of 1 cm, the absorbance was measured using a UV-Vis-NIR spectrometer (Cary5000) manufactured by Agilent Technologies, Inc., and the wavelength of 365 nm was calculated by applying the following formula And the absorption coefficient at the wavelength of 254nm (mL/g·cm). [Formula 1] In the above formula, ε represents the absorption coefficient (mL/g·cm), A represents the absorbance, c represents the concentration of the photopolymerization initiator (g/mL), and l represents the optical path length (cm).

光聚合起始劑A1在甲醇中的波長365nm下的吸光係數係1.0×10 3mL/g•cm以上為較佳,2.0×10 3mL/g•cm以上為更佳,3.0×10 3mL/g•cm以上為進一步較佳,5.0×10 3mL/g•cm以上為更進一步較佳,1.0×10 4mL/g•cm以上為特佳。 又,光聚合起始劑A1在甲醇中的波長254nm的光的吸光係數係1.0×10 3mL/g•cm以上為較佳,1.5×10 3mL/g•cm以上為更佳,3.0×10 3mL/g•cm以上為進一步較佳,1.0×10 4mL/g•cm以上為更進一步較佳。上限係1.0×10 5mL/g•cm以下為較佳,9.5×10 4mL/g•cm以下為更佳,8.0×10 4mL/g•cm以下為進一步較佳。 The absorption coefficient of the photopolymerization initiator A1 in methanol at a wavelength of 365nm is preferably 1.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more, more preferably 2.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more, and 3.0×10 3 mL /g·cm or more is more preferred, 5.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more is still more preferred, and 1.0×10 4 mL/g·cm or more is particularly preferred. Moreover, the absorption coefficient of the photopolymerization initiator A1 in methanol for light with a wavelength of 254 nm is preferably 1.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more, more preferably 1.5×10 3 mL/g·cm or more, and 3.0× A value of 10 3 mL/g·cm or more is further preferred, and a value of 1.0×10 4 mL/g·cm or more is further preferred. The upper limit is preferably 1.0×10 5 mL/g·cm or less, more preferably 9.5×10 4 mL/g·cm or less, and still more preferably 8.0×10 4 mL/g·cm or less.

作為光聚合起始劑A1,肟化合物、胺基烷基苯酮化合物或醯基膦化合物為較佳,肟化合物或胺基烷基苯酮化合物為更佳,肟化合物為進一步較佳。 作為光聚合起始劑A1的具體例,可舉出在上述肟化合物的具體例中示出之化合物(C-7)、化合物(C-8)、化合物(C-13)、化合物(C-14)、化合物(C-15)等。作為市售品,例如,可舉出作為肟化合物的BASF公司製造的Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、作為醯基膦化合物的IGM Resins B.V.公司製造的Omnirad 819、作為胺基烷基苯酮化合物的IGM Resins B.V.公司製造的Omnirad 379等。 As the photopolymerization initiator A1, an oxime compound, an aminoalkylphenone compound or a acylphosphine compound is preferable, an oxime compound or an aminoalkylphenone compound is more preferable, and an oxime compound is still more preferable. Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator A1 include the compound (C-7), the compound (C-8), the compound (C-13), and the compound (C-) shown in the specific examples of the oxime compound. 14), compound (C-15), etc. Examples of commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01 and Irgacure OXE02 manufactured by BASF as oxime compounds, IGM Resins B.V.'s Omnirad 819 as acylphosphine compounds, and IGM Resins as aminoalkylphenone compounds. Omnirad 379 manufactured by B.V. Company, etc.

光聚合起始劑A2在甲醇中的波長365nm的光的吸光係數為1.0×10 2mL/g•cm以下,10~1.0×10 2mL/g•cm為較佳,20~1.0×10 2mL/g•cm為更佳。 又,光聚合起始劑A1在甲醇中的波長365nm的光的吸光係數與光聚合起始劑A2在甲醇中的波長365nm的光的吸光係數之差係0.5×10 2mL/g•cm以上為較佳,1.0×10 3mL/g•cm以上為更佳,1.5×10 3mL/g•cm以上為進一步較佳。上限係5.0×10 4mL/g•cm以下為較佳,3.0×10 4mL/g•cm以下為更佳,2.0×10 4mL/g•cm以下為進一步較佳。 又,光聚合起始劑A2在甲醇中的波長254nm的光的吸光係數為1.0×10 3mL/g•cm以上,1.0×10 3~1.0×10 6mL/g•cm為較佳,5.0×10 3~1.0×10 5mL/g•cm為更佳。 The light absorption coefficient of the photopolymerization initiator A2 in methanol at a wavelength of 365 nm is 1.0×10 2 mL/g·cm or less, preferably 10 to 1.0×10 2 mL/g·cm, and 20 to 1.0×10 2 mL/g·cm is better. Furthermore, the difference between the absorption coefficient of the photopolymerization initiator A1 in methanol for light with a wavelength of 365 nm and the photopolymerization initiator A2 in methanol for light with a wavelength of 365 nm is 0.5×10 2 mL/g·cm or more. Preferably, it is more than 1.0×10 3 mL/g·cm, and it is still more preferable that it is 1.5×10 3 mL/g·cm or more. The upper limit is preferably 5.0×10 4 mL/g·cm or less, more preferably 3.0×10 4 mL/g·cm or less, and still more preferably 2.0×10 4 mL/g·cm or less. In addition, the light absorption coefficient of the photopolymerization initiator A2 in methanol at a wavelength of 254 nm is 1.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more, preferably 1.0×10 3 to 1.0×10 6 mL/g·cm, and 5.0 ×10 3 ~ 1.0 × 10 5 mL/g·cm is more preferred.

作為光聚合起始劑A2,羥基烷基苯酮化合物、苯基乙醛酸酯化合物或醯基膦化合物為較佳,羥基烷基苯酮化合物或苯基乙醛酸酯化合物為更佳,羥基烷基苯酮化合物為進一步較佳。又,作為羥基烷基苯酮化合物,上述之由式(V)表示之化合物為較佳。作為光聚合起始劑A2的具體例,可舉出作為上述之由式(V)表示之化合物的具體例示出之結構的化合物。又,作為光聚合起始劑IB的市售品,可舉出作為羥基烷基苯酮化合物之IGM Resins B.V.公司製造的Omnirad 184、Omnirad 2959等。As the photopolymerization initiator A2, a hydroxyalkylphenone compound, a phenylglyoxylate compound or a acylphosphine compound is preferred, a hydroxyalkylphenone compound or a phenylglyoxylate compound is more preferred, and a hydroxyalkylphenone compound or a phenylglyoxylate compound is more preferred. Alkylphenone compounds are further preferred. Furthermore, as the hydroxyalkylphenone compound, the compound represented by the above-mentioned formula (V) is preferred. Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator A2 include compounds having the structures shown as specific examples of the compound represented by formula (V). Examples of commercially available photopolymerization initiators IB include Omnirad 184 and Omnirad 2959 manufactured by IGM Resins B.V., which are hydroxyalkylphenone compounds.

作為光聚合起始劑A1與光聚合起始劑A2的組合,光聚合起始劑A1為胺基烷基苯酮化合物或肟化合物,且光聚合起始劑A2為羥基烷基苯酮化合物之組合為較佳,光聚合起始劑A1為胺基烷基苯酮化合物或肟化合物,且光聚合起始劑A2為上述之由式(V)表示之化合物之組合為更佳。As a combination of photopolymerization initiator A1 and photopolymerization initiator A2, photopolymerization initiator A1 is an aminoalkylphenone compound or an oxime compound, and photopolymerization initiator A2 is a hydroxyalkylphenone compound. The combination is more preferred. The photopolymerization initiator A1 is an aminoalkylphenone compound or an oxime compound, and the photopolymerization initiator A2 is the above-mentioned compound represented by formula (V). It is more preferred.

著色組成物的總固體成分中的光聚合起始劑的含量係1~20質量%為較佳。下限係3質量%以上為更佳,5質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係15質量%以下為更佳,12.5質量%以下為進一步較佳。光聚合起始劑可以為單獨1種,亦可以併用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情形下,該等的總量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 20% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 3% by mass or more, and more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 15% by mass or less, and further preferably 12.5% by mass or less. The photopolymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more types. When two or more types are used in combination, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.

在本發明的著色組成物中,在作為光聚合起始劑而使用了上述之光聚合起始劑A1之情形下,著色組成物的總固體成分中的光聚合起始劑A1的含量係1~15質量%為較佳。下限係3質量%以上為更佳,5質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係12.5質量%以下為更佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳。In the coloring composition of the present invention, when the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiator A1 is used as the photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator A1 in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 1 ~15% by mass is preferred. The lower limit is more preferably 3% by mass or more, and more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 12.5% by mass or less, and still more preferably 10% by mass or less.

在本發明的著色組成物中,在作為光聚合起始劑而使用了上述之光聚合起始劑A2之情形下,著色組成物的總固體成分中的光聚合起始劑A2的含量係1~10質量%為較佳。下限係2質量%以上為更佳,3質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係7.5質量%以下為更佳,5.0質量%以下為進一步較佳。In the coloring composition of the present invention, when the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiator A2 is used as the photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator A2 in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 1 ~10% by mass is preferred. The lower limit is more preferably 2 mass % or more, and further preferably 3 mass % or more. The upper limit is more preferably 7.5% by mass or less, and still more preferably 5.0% by mass or less.

在本發明的著色組成物中,在作為光聚合起始劑而使用了上述之光聚合起始劑A1和光聚合起始劑A2之情形下,本發明的著色組成物中,相對於100質量份的光聚合起始劑A1含有20~200質量份的光聚合起始劑A2為較佳。上限係175質量份以下為更佳,150質量份以下為進一步較佳。下限係25質量份以上為更佳,30質量份以上為進一步較佳。依據該態樣,能夠藉由低溫步驟(例如,在整個製程中為150℃以下、較佳為120℃以下的溫度下的步驟)來形成耐光性等特性優異的硬化膜。在將光聚合起始劑A1及光聚合起始劑A2分別併用2種以上之情形下,各自的總量滿足上述要件為較佳。In the colored composition of the present invention, when the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiator A1 and photopolymerization initiator A2 are used as the photopolymerization initiator, in the colored composition of the present invention, relative to 100 parts by mass The photopolymerization initiator A1 preferably contains 20 to 200 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator A2. The upper limit is more preferably 175 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 150 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 25 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 30 parts by mass or more. According to this aspect, a cured film excellent in characteristics such as light resistance can be formed by a low-temperature step (for example, a step at a temperature of 150° C. or lower, preferably 120° C. or lower in the entire process). When two or more types of photopolymerization initiator A1 and photopolymerization initiator A2 are used in combination, it is preferred that the total amount of each of them satisfies the above requirements.

在本發明的著色組成物中,在作為光聚合起始劑而使用了上述之光聚合起始劑A1和光聚合起始劑A2之情形下,著色組成物的總固體成分中的光聚合起始劑A1與光聚合起始劑A2的總含量係1~20質量%為較佳。下限係3質量%以上為更佳,5質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係15質量%以下為更佳,12.5質量%以下為進一步較佳。In the coloring composition of the present invention, when the above-described photopolymerization initiator A1 and photopolymerization initiator A2 are used as the photopolymerization initiator, the photopolymerization initiation rate in the total solid content of the coloring composition The total content of agent A1 and photopolymerization initiator A2 is preferably 1 to 20% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 3% by mass or more, and more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 15% by mass or less, and further preferably 12.5% by mass or less.

本發明的著色組成物還能夠含有除了光聚合起始劑A1及光聚合起始劑A2以外的光聚合起始劑(以下,亦稱為他的光聚合起始劑)作為光聚合起始劑,但是實質上不含其他光聚合起始劑為較佳。實質上不含其他光聚合起始劑之情形係指,相對於光聚合起始劑A1和光聚合起始劑A2的合計100質量份,其他光聚合起始劑的含量為1質量份以下,0.5質量份以下為更佳,0.1質量份以下為進一步較佳,不含其他光聚合起始劑為進一步較佳。The colored composition of the present invention can also contain a photopolymerization initiator other than the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2 (hereinafter also referred to as another photopolymerization initiator) as a photopolymerization initiator. , but it is preferred that it does not substantially contain other photopolymerization initiators. The case where other photopolymerization initiators are not substantially included means that the content of other photopolymerization initiators is 1 part by mass or less relative to 100 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator A1 and the photopolymerization initiator A2. It is more preferable that it is less than 0.1 parts by mass, and it is still more preferable that it does not contain other photopolymerization initiators.

<<具有環狀醚基之化合物>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有具有環狀醚基之化合物。作為環狀醚基,可舉出環氧基及氧環丁烷基,環氧基為較佳。作為具有環狀醚基之化合物,可舉出在1分子內具有1~100個環狀醚基之化合物。環狀醚基的數量的上限例如還能夠設為10個以下,還能夠設為5個以下。環狀醚基的數量的下限係2個以上為更佳。 <<Compounds with cyclic ether groups>> The colored composition of the present invention can contain a compound having a cyclic ether group. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxybutanyl group, with an epoxy group being preferred. Examples of compounds having a cyclic ether group include compounds having 1 to 100 cyclic ether groups in one molecule. The upper limit of the number of cyclic ether groups can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less. The lower limit of the number of cyclic ether groups is more preferably 2 or more.

具有環狀醚基之化合物可以為低分子化合物(例如分子量未達1000),亦可以為高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例如,在分子量為1000以上的樹脂的情形下,重量平均分子量為1000以上)。環狀醚基的重量平均分子量係200~100000為較佳,500~50000為更佳。重量平均分子量的上限係10000以下為更佳,5000以下為進一步較佳,3000以下為更進一步較佳。另外,在本說明書中,具有環狀醚基之樹脂類型的化合物(具有環狀醚基之樹脂)為相當於樹脂之成分。作為具有環狀醚基之樹脂類型的化合物,可舉出包含具有環狀醚基之重複單元之樹脂等。The compound with a cyclic ether group may be a low molecular compound (for example, the molecular weight is less than 1000) or a macromolecule compound (for example, in the case of a resin with a molecular weight of 1000 or more, the weight average molecular weight is 1000 or more) . The weight average molecular weight of the cyclic ether group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, still more preferably 5,000 or less, and still more preferably 3,000 or less. In addition, in this specification, a resin type compound having a cyclic ether group (resin having a cyclic ether group) is a component equivalent to a resin. Examples of the resin-type compound having a cyclic ether group include resins containing repeating units having a cyclic ether group.

作為具有環狀醚基之化合物,還能夠使用日本特開2013-011869號公報的0034~0036段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2014-043556號公報的0147~0156段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2014-089408號公報的0085~0092段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-179172號公報中所記載之化合物。As the compound having a cyclic ether group, compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0036 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-011869, compounds described in paragraphs 0147 to 0156 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-043556, and Compounds described in paragraphs 0085 to 0092 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-089408, and compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-179172.

作為具有環狀醚基之化合物的市售品,可舉出DENACOL EX-212L、EX-212、EX-214L、EX-214、EX-216L、EX-216、EX-321L、EX-321、EX-850L、EX-850(以上由Nagase ChemteX Corporation製造)、ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S、EP-4003S、EP-4010S、EP-4011S(以上由ADEKA CORPORATION製造)、NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上由ADEKA CORPORATION製造)、CELLOXIDE2021P、CELLOXIDE2081、CELLOXIDE2083、CELLOXIDE2085、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD PB 3600、PB 4700(以上由Daicel Corporation製造)、CYCLOMER P ACA 200M、ACA 230AA、ACA Z250、ACA Z251、ACA Z300、ACA Z320(以上由Daicel Corporation製造)、jER1031S、jER157S65、jER152、jER154、jER157S70(以上由Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation.製造)、ARON OXETANE OXT-121、OXT-221、OX-SQ、PNOX(以上由TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、ADEKA GLYSILOL ED-505(ADEKA CORPORATION製造,含有環氧基之單體)、Marproof G-0150M、G-0105SA、G-0130SP、G-0250SP、G-1005S、G-1005SA、G-1010S、G-2050M、G-01100、G-01758(NOF CORPORATION.製造,含有環氧基之聚合物)、OXT-101、OXT-121、OXT-212、OXT-221(以上由TOAGOSEI CO.,Ltd.製造,含有氧環丁烷基之單體)、OXE-10、OXE-30(以上由OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.製造,含有氧環丁烷基之單體)等。Examples of commercially available compounds having a cyclic ether group include DENACOL EX-212L, EX-212, EX-214L, EX-214, EX-216L, EX-216, EX-321L, EX-321, EX -850L, EX-850 (the above manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation), ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, EP-4003S, EP-4010S, EP-4011S (the above manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC- 7300, , ACA 230AA, ACA Z250, ACA Z251, ACA Z300, ACA Z320 (the above manufactured by Daicel Corporation), jER1031S, jER157S65, jER152, jER154, jER157S70 (the above manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), ARON OXETANE OXT-121, OXT-221 , OX-SQ, PNOX (the above are manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), ADEKA GLYSILOL ED-505 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, monomer containing epoxy group), Marproof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G-0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION., polymer containing epoxy group), OXT-101, OXT-121, OXT-212, OXT-221 (the above are manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., Ltd., monomers containing oxycyclobutane groups), OXE-10, OXE-30 (the above are manufactured by OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD., containing oxycyclobutane groups) Butyl monomer), etc.

著色組成物的總固體成分中的具有環狀醚基之化合物的含量係0.1~40質量%為較佳。下限係1質量%以上為更佳,2質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。又,相對於聚合性單體100質量份,具有環狀醚基之化合物的含量係1~400質量份為較佳,1~100質量份為更佳,1~50質量份為進一步較佳。具有環狀醚基之化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情形下,該等的總量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the compound having a cyclic ether group in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 1% by mass or more, and still more preferably 2% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and still more preferably 20% by mass or less. Moreover, the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably 1 to 400 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass, and further preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable monomer. One type of compound having a cyclic ether group may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.

<<顏料衍生物>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有顏料衍生物。作為顏料衍生物,可舉出具有酸基或鹼基與色素骨架鍵結而成之結構之化合物。顏料衍生物例如可用作分散助劑。分散助劑係指用以在著色組成物中提高顏料的分散性之材料。 <<Pigment Derivatives>> The colored composition of the present invention can contain a pigment derivative. Examples of pigment derivatives include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a base group is bonded to a pigment skeleton. Pigment derivatives can be used, for example, as dispersing aids. Dispersion aids refer to materials used to improve the dispersion of pigments in colored compositions.

作為構成顏料衍生物之色素骨架,可舉出喹啉色素骨架、苯并咪唑酮色素骨架、苯并異吲哚色素骨架、苯并噻唑色素骨架、亞胺鎓(iminium)色素骨架、方酸菁色素骨架、克酮鎓色素骨架、氧雜菁色素骨架、吡咯并吡咯色素骨架、二酮吡咯并吡咯色素骨架、偶氮色素骨架、次甲基偶氮色素骨架、酞青色素骨架、萘酞青色素骨架、蒽醌色素骨架、喹吖酮色素骨架、二㗁𠯤色素骨架、紫環酮色素骨架、苝色素骨架、硫靛藍色素骨架、異吲哚啉色素骨架、異吲哚啉酮色素骨架、喹啉黃色素骨架、二硫醇色素骨架、三芳基甲烷色素骨架、吡咯亞甲基色素骨架等。Examples of the pigment skeleton constituting the pigment derivative include quinoline pigment skeleton, benzimidazolone pigment skeleton, benzisoindole pigment skeleton, benzothiazole pigment skeleton, iminium pigment skeleton, and squaraine. Pigment skeleton, ketonium pigment skeleton, oxocyanine pigment skeleton, pyrrolopyrrole pigment skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment skeleton, azo pigment skeleton, methine azo pigment skeleton, phthalocyanine pigment skeleton, naphthalocyanine Pigment skeleton, anthraquinone pigment skeleton, quinacridone pigment skeleton, di-㗁𠯤 pigment skeleton, purpurone pigment skeleton, perylene pigment skeleton, thioindigo pigment skeleton, isoindoline pigment skeleton, isoindolinone pigment skeleton, Quinoline yellow pigment skeleton, dithiol pigment skeleton, triarylmethane pigment skeleton, pyrromethane pigment skeleton, etc.

作為酸基,可舉出羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基、硼酸基、羧酸醯胺基、磺酸醯胺基、醯亞胺酸基及該等的鹽等。作為構成鹽之原子或原子團,可舉出鹼金屬離子(Li +、Na +、K +等)、鹼土類金屬離子(Ca 2+、Mg 2+等)、銨離子、咪唑鎓離子、吡啶鎓離子、鏻離子等。作為羧酸醯胺基,由-NHCOR X1表示之基團為較佳。作為磺酸醯胺基,由-NHSO 2R X2表示之基團為較佳。作為醯亞胺酸基,由-SO 2NHSO 2R X3、-CONHSO 2R X4、-CONHCOR X5或-SO 2NHCOR X6表示之基團為較佳,-SO 2NHSO 2R X3為更佳。R X1~R X6分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。R X1~R X6所表示之烷基及芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,鹵素原子為較佳,氟原子為更佳。 Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a boric acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonate amide group, a amide acid group, and salts thereof. Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, and pyridinium ions, phosphonium ions, etc. As the carboxylic acid amide group, a group represented by -NHCOR X1 is preferred. As the sulfonamide group, a group represented by -NHSO 2 R X2 is preferred. As the amide acid group, a group represented by -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 , -CONHSO 2 R X4 , -CONHCOR X5 or -SO 2 NHCOR X6 is preferred, and -SO 2 NHSO 2 R R X1 to R X6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group and aryl group represented by R X1 to R X6 may have a substituent. As the substituent, a halogen atom is preferred, and a fluorine atom is more preferred.

作為鹼基,可舉出胺基、吡啶基及其鹽、銨基的鹽、以及酞醯亞胺甲基。作為構成鹽之原子或原子團,可舉出氫氧化物離子、鹵素離子、羧酸離子、磺酸離子、苯氧離子等。Examples of the base include an amino group, a pyridyl group and a salt thereof, a salt of an ammonium group, and a phthalimide methyl group. Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, phenoxide ions, and the like.

關於顏料衍生物,還能夠使用可見透明性優異的顏料衍生物(以下,亦稱為透明顏料衍生物)。透明顏料衍生物在400~700nm的波長區域中的莫耳吸光係數的最大值(εmax)係3000L•mol -1•cm -1以下為較佳,1000L•mol -1•cm -1以下為更佳,100L•mol -1•cm -1以下為進一步較佳。εmax的下限例如為1L•mol -1•cm -1以上,可以為10L•mol -1•cm -1以上。 Regarding the pigment derivative, a pigment derivative excellent in visible transparency (hereinafter also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative) can also be used. The maximum value (εmax) of the molar absorption coefficient of the transparent pigment derivative in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm is preferably 3000L·mol -1 •cm -1 or less, and more preferably 1000L·mol -1 •cm -1 or less. The best, 100L·mol -1 •cm -1 or less is even better. The lower limit of εmax is, for example, 1L·mol -1 •cm -1 or more, and may be 10L·mol -1 •cm -1 or more.

作為顏料衍生物的具體例,可舉出後述之實施例中所記載之化合物、日本特開昭56-118462號公報、日本特開昭63-264674號公報、日本特開平01-217077號公報、日本特開平03-009961號公報、日本特開平03-026767號公報、日本特開平03-153780號公報、日本特開平03-045662號公報、日本特開平04-285669號公報、日本特開平06-145546號公報、日本特開平06-212088號公報、日本特開平06-240158號公報、日本特開平10-030063號公報、日本特開平10-195326號公報、國際公開第2011/024896號的0086~0098段、國際公開第2012/102399號的0063~0094段、國際公開第2017/038252號的0082段、日本特開2015-151530號公報的0171段、日本特開2011-252065號公報的0162~0183段、日本特開2003-081972號公報、日本專利第5299151號公報、日本特開2015-172732號公報、日本特開2014-199308號公報、日本特開2014-085562號公報、日本特開2014-035351號公報、日本特開2008-081565號公報中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2020/002106號中所記載之具有硫醇連結基之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、日本特開2018-168244號公報中所記載之苯并咪唑酮化合物或該等的鹽。Specific examples of the pigment derivatives include compounds described in the Examples described below, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Sho 56-118462, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Sho 63-264674, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 01-217077, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 03-009961, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 03-026767, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 03-153780, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 03-045662, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 04-285669, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 06- 145546, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-212088, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 06-240158, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-030063, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-195326, and International Publication No. 0086 of 2011/024896 Paragraph 0098, Paragraphs 0063 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2012/102399, Paragraph 0082 of International Publication No. 2017/038252, Paragraph 0171 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-151530, Paragraphs 0162 to Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-252065 Paragraph 0183, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-081972, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 5299151, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-172732, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-199308, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-085562, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014 -035351, the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-081565, the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound having a thiol linkage group described in International Publication No. 2020/002106, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-168244 Benzimidazolone compounds described in the gazette or their salts.

相對於顏料100質量份,顏料衍生物的含量係0.1~30質量份為較佳。該範圍的下限係0.25質量份以上為更佳,0.5質量份以上為進一步較佳,0.75質量份以上為特佳,1質量份以上為進一步較佳。又,該範圍的上限係25質量份以下為更佳,20質量份以下為進一步較佳,15質量份以下為特佳。藉由顏料衍生物的含量在上述範圍內,能夠進一步提高著色組成物的保存穩定性。顏料衍生物可以僅使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。在併用2種以上之情形下,該等的總量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The lower limit of this range is more preferably 0.25 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 0.75 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 1 part by mass or more. Moreover, the upper limit of this range is more preferably 25 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 15 parts by mass or less. When the content of the pigment derivative is within the above range, the storage stability of the colored composition can be further improved. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.

<<聚伸烷基亞胺>> 本發明的著色組成物還能夠含有聚伸烷基亞胺。聚伸烷基亞胺例如可用作分散助劑。聚伸烷基亞胺係指將伸烷基亞胺開環聚合而得之聚合物。聚伸烷基亞胺為分別包含一級胺基、二級胺基及三級胺基之具有支鏈結構之聚合物為較佳。伸烷基亞胺的碳數係2~6為較佳,2~4為更佳,2或3為進一步較佳,2為特佳。 <<Polyalkyleneimine>> The colored composition of the present invention may further contain polyalkyleneimine. Polyalkyleneimines can be used, for example, as dispersing aids. Polyalkyleneimine refers to a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of alkyleneimine. The polyalkyleneimine is preferably a polymer with a branched chain structure containing primary amine groups, secondary amine groups and tertiary amine groups respectively. The carbon number of the alkylene imine is preferably from 2 to 6, more preferably from 2 to 4, further preferably from 2 or 3, and particularly preferably from 2.

聚伸烷基亞胺的分子量係200以上為較佳,250以上為更佳。上限係100000以下為較佳,50000以下為更佳,10000以下為進一步較佳,2000以下為特佳。另外,對於聚伸烷基亞胺的分子量的值,在能夠依據結構式計算分子量之情形下,聚伸烷基亞胺的分子量為依據結構式計算出之值。另一方面,在特定胺化合物的分子量無法依據結構式計算或難以計算之情形下,使用藉由沸點上升法測量之數量平均分子量的值。又,在藉由沸點上升法亦無法測量或難以測量之情形下,使用藉由黏度法測量之數量平均分子量的值。又,在藉由黏度法亦無法測量或難以藉由黏度法測量之情形下,使用藉由GPC(凝膠滲透層析)法測量之以聚苯乙烯換算值計的數量平均分子量的值。The molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more. The upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, further preferably 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 2,000 or less. In addition, regarding the value of the molecular weight of polyalkyleneimine, when the molecular weight can be calculated based on the structural formula, the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is the value calculated based on the structural formula. On the other hand, when the molecular weight of a specific amine compound cannot be calculated based on the structural formula or is difficult to calculate, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the boiling point elevation method is used. In addition, when it is impossible or difficult to measure by the boiling point elevation method, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the viscometry method is used. In addition, when it is impossible or difficult to measure by the viscometry method, the value of the number average molecular weight in polystyrene conversion measured by the GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method is used.

聚伸烷基亞胺的胺值係5mmol/g以上為較佳,10mmol/g以上為更佳,15mmol/g以上為進一步較佳。The amine value of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 5 mmol/g or more, more preferably 10 mmol/g or more, and still more preferably 15 mmol/g or more.

作為伸烷基亞胺的具體例,可舉出乙烯亞胺、丙烯亞胺、1,2-丁烯亞胺、2,3-丁烯亞胺等,乙烯亞胺或丙烯亞胺為較佳,乙烯亞胺為更佳。聚伸烷基亞胺係聚乙烯亞胺為特佳。又,聚乙烯亞胺中相對於1級胺基、2級胺基及3級胺基的合計包含10莫耳%以上的1級胺基為較佳,包含20莫耳%以上為更佳,包含30莫耳%以上為進一步較佳。作為聚乙烯亞胺的市售品,可舉出EPOMIN SP-003、SP-006、SP-012、SP-018、SP-200、P-1000(以上由NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO.,LTD.製造)等。Specific examples of alkyleneimine include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-buteneimine, 2,3-buteneimine, etc., and ethyleneimine or propyleneimine is preferred. , ethylene imine is better. Polyalkyleneimine-based polyethyleneimine is particularly preferred. Furthermore, the polyethyleneimine preferably contains 10 mol% or more of primary amine groups based on the total of primary amine groups, secondary amine groups and tertiary amine groups, and more preferably contains 20 mol% or more of primary amine groups. It is further more preferable that it contains 30 mol% or more. Commercially available polyethyleneimine products include EPOMIN SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, SP-018, SP-200, and P-1000 (the above manufactured by NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.), etc. .

著色組成物的總固體成分中的聚伸烷基亞胺的含量係0.1~5質量%為較佳。下限係0.2質量%以上為更佳,0.5質量%以上為進一步較佳,1質量%以上為更進一步較佳。上限係4.5質量%以下為更佳,4質量%以下為進一步較佳,3質量%以下為更進一步較佳。又,相對於顏料100質量份,聚伸烷基亞胺的含量係0.5~20質量份為較佳。下限係0.6質量份以上為更佳,1質量份以上為進一步較佳,2質量份以上為更進一步較佳。上限係10質量份以下為更佳,8質量份以下為進一步較佳。聚伸烷基亞胺可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。在使用2種以上之情形下,該等的總量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the polyalkyleneimine in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 0.2 mass % or more, more preferably 0.5 mass % or more, and still more preferably 1 mass % or more. The upper limit is more preferably 4.5% by mass or less, more preferably 4% by mass or less, and still more preferably 3% by mass or less. In addition, the content of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 0.5 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The lower limit is more preferably 0.6 parts by mass or more, more preferably 1 part by mass or more, and still more preferably 2 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 8 parts by mass or less. Only one type of polyalkyleneimine may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.

<<硬化促進劑>> 本發明的著色組成物中,為了促進聚合性單體的反應或者降低硬化溫度,可以添加硬化促進劑。作為硬化促進劑,可舉出在分子內具有2個以上巰基之多官能硫醇化合物等。多官能硫醇化合物可以以改善穩定性、臭味、解析度、顯影性、密接性等為目的而添加。又,硬化促進劑還能夠使用羥甲基系化合物(例如日本特開2015-034963號公報的0246段中,作為交聯劑而例示之化合物)、胺類、鏻鹽、脒鹽、醯胺化合物(以上,例如日本特開2013-041165號公報的0186段中所記載之硬化劑)、鹼產生劑(例如,日本特開2014-055114號公報中所記載之離子性化合物)、氰酸酯化合物(例如,日本特開2012-150180號公報的0071段中所記載之化合物)、烷氧基矽烷化合物(例如,日本特開2011-253054號公報中所記載之具有環氧基之烷氧基矽烷化合物)、鎓鹽化合物(例如,在日本特開2015-034963號公報的0216段中作為酸產生劑而例示之化合物、日本特開2009-180949號公報中所記載之化合物)等。著色組成物的總固體成分中的硬化促進劑的含量係0.3~8.9質量%為較佳,0.8~6.4質量%為更佳。 <<Harding accelerator>> In the colored composition of the present invention, a curing accelerator may be added in order to accelerate the reaction of the polymerizable monomer or lower the curing temperature. Examples of the hardening accelerator include polyfunctional thiol compounds having two or more mercapto groups in the molecule. The polyfunctional thiol compound can be added for the purpose of improving stability, odor, resolution, developability, adhesion, etc. In addition, as the hardening accelerator, hydroxymethyl compounds (for example, the compounds exemplified as cross-linking agents in paragraph 0246 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-034963), amines, phosphonium salts, amidine salts, and amide compounds can also be used. (For example, the above are hardeners described in paragraph 0186 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-041165), base generators (for example, ionic compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-055114), cyanate ester compounds (For example, the compound described in paragraph 0071 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-150180), an alkoxysilane compound (for example, the alkoxysilane having an epoxy group described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-253054 compounds), onium salt compounds (for example, compounds exemplified as acid generators in paragraph 0216 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-034963, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-180949), etc. The content of the hardening accelerator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, and more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.

<<矽烷偶合劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有矽烷偶合劑。作為矽烷偶合劑,在一分子中具有至少2種反應性不同的官能基之矽烷化合物為較佳。矽烷偶合劑係具有選自乙烯基、環氧基、苯乙烯基、甲基丙烯酸基、胺基、異氰尿酸酯基、脲基、巰基、硫醚基及異氰酸酯基中之至少1種基團和烷氧基之矽烷化合物為較佳。作為矽烷偶合劑的具體例,可舉出N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製造,KBM-602)、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製造,KBM-603)、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製造,KBM-903)、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製造,KBE-903)、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製造,KBM-503)、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製造,KBM-403)等。關於矽烷偶合劑的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2013-254047號公報的0155~0158段的記載,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。著色組成物的總固體成分中的矽烷偶合劑的含量係0.001~20質量%為較佳,0.01~10質量%為更佳,0.1質量%~5質量%為進一步較佳。本發明的著色組成物可以僅包含1種矽烷偶合劑,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上之情形下,該等總量在上述範圍內為較佳。 <<Silane Coupling Agent>> The colored composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent. As the silane coupling agent, a silane compound having at least two functional groups with different reactivity in one molecule is preferred. The silane coupling agent has at least one group selected from a vinyl group, an epoxy group, a styrene group, a methacrylic acid group, an amine group, an isocyanurate group, a urea group, a mercapto group, a thioether group and an isocyanate group. Silane compounds with groups and alkoxy groups are preferred. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (KBM-602, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD. ), N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., KBM-603), 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., KBM-903), 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., KBE-903), 3-methylpropene Cyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD., KBM-503), 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD.) , KBM-403), etc. Regarding the details of the silane coupling agent, please refer to the description in paragraphs 0155 to 0158 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-254047, and this content is incorporated into this specification. The content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001 to 20 mass%, more preferably 0.01 to 10 mass%, and further preferably 0.1 to 5 mass%. The colored composition of the present invention may contain only one type of silane coupling agent, or may contain two or more types. In the case of two or more situations, it is better for the total amount to be within the above range.

<<聚合抑制劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有聚合抑制劑。作為聚合抑制劑,可舉出對苯二酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-三級丁基-對甲酚、五倍子酚、三級丁基鄰苯二酚、苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥胺鹽(銨鹽、亞鈰鹽等)等。著色組成物的總固體成分中的聚合抑制劑的含量係0.0001~5質量%為較佳。本發明的著色組成物可以僅包含1種聚合抑制劑,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上之情形下,該等總量在上述範圍內為較佳。 <<Polymerization inhibitor>> The colored composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tertiary butyl-p-cresol, gallic acid, tertiary butylcatechol, benzoquinone, and 4,4'- Thiobis (3-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine Salts (ammonium salt, cerium salt, etc.), etc. The content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass. The colored composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerization inhibitor, or may contain two or more types. In the case of two or more situations, it is better for the total amount to be within the above range.

<<紫外線吸收劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有紫外線吸收劑。紫外線吸收劑能夠使用共軛二烯化合物、胺基二烯化合物、水楊酸酯化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯并三唑化合物、丙烯腈化合物、羥苯基三𠯤化合物、吲哚化合物、三𠯤化合物等。關於該等詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2012-208374號公報的0052~0072段、日本特開2013-068814號公報的0317~0334段、日本特開2016-162946號公報的0061~0080段中的記載,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。作為紫外線吸收劑的市售品,例如,可舉出UV-503(DAITO CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造)、BASF公司製造的Tinuvin系列、Uvinul系列、Sumika Chemtex Co.,Ltd.製造的Sumisorb系列等。又,作為苯并三唑化合物,可舉出MIYOSHI OIL&FAT CO.,LTD.製造的MYUA系列(化學工業日報,2016年2月1日)。又,關於紫外線吸收劑,還能夠使用日本專利第6268967號公報的0049~0059段中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2016/181987號的0059~0076段中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2020/137819號中所記載之硫基芳基取代苯并三唑型紫外線吸收劑。著色組成物的總固體成分中的紫外線吸收劑的含量係0.1~10質量%為較佳,0.1~5質量%為更佳,0.1~3質量%為特佳。本發明的著色組成物可以僅包含1種紫外線吸收劑,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上之情形下,該等總量在上述範圍內為較佳。 <<UV absorber>> The colored composition of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber. As the ultraviolet absorber, conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyl trisulfonate compounds, indole compounds, Three 𠯤 compounds, etc. For details, please refer to paragraphs 0052 to 0072 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-208374, paragraphs 0317 to 0334 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-068814, and paragraphs 0061 to 0080 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-162946. records, and these contents are incorporated into this manual. Examples of commercially available ultraviolet absorbers include UV-503 (manufactured by DAITO CHEMICAL CO., LTD.), BASF's Tinuvin series, Uvinul series, and Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd.'s Sumisorb series, etc. . Examples of the benzotriazole compound include the MYUA series manufactured by MIYOSHI OIL & FAT CO., LTD. (Chemical Industry Daily, February 1, 2016). In addition, as the ultraviolet absorber, the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, the compounds described in paragraphs 0059 to 0076 of International Publication No. 2016/181987, and the compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/ The thioaryl-substituted benzotriazole type ultraviolet absorber described in No. 137819. The content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 3% by mass. The colored composition of the present invention may contain only one type of ultraviolet absorber, or may contain two or more types. In the case of two or more situations, it is better for the total amount to be within the above range.

<<界面活性劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,能夠使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子性界面活性劑、陽離子性界面活性劑、陰離子性界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。界面活性劑係氟系界面活性劑或矽酮系界面活性劑為較佳,矽酮系界面活性劑為更佳。關於界面活性劑,可舉出國際公開第2015/166779號的0238~0245段中所記載之界面活性劑,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。 <<Surfactant>> The colored composition of the present invention can contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone-based surfactants can be used. The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based surfactant or a silicone-based surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant is more preferred. Examples of the surfactant include those described in paragraphs 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, and this content is incorporated into this specification.

氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率係3~40質量%為較佳,更佳為5~30質量%,特佳為7~25質量%。氟含有率在該範圍內之氟系界面活性劑在塗佈膜的厚度均勻性和省液性的觀點上有效果,在著色組成物中的溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content rate in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40 mass%, more preferably 5 to 30 mass%, and particularly preferably 7 to 25 mass%. A fluorine-based surfactant with a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of thickness uniformity of the coating film and liquid saving, and also has good solubility in the coloring composition.

作為氟系界面活性劑,可舉出日本特開2014-041318號公報的0060~0064段(對應之國際公開第2014/017669號的0060~0064段)等中所記載之界面活性劑、日本特開2011-132503號公報的0117~0132段中所記載之界面活性劑、日本特開2020-008634號公報中所記載之界面活性劑,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。作為氟系界面活性劑的市售品,例如,可舉出MEGAFACE F-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、R-30、F-437、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP、MFS-330、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、R-41、R-41-LM、RS-43、R-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上由DIC CORPORATION製造)、Fluorad FC430、FC431、FC171(以上由Sumitomo 3M Limited製造)、Surflon S-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上由AGC Inc.製造)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上由OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製造)、Ftergent 208G、215M、245F、601AD、601ADH2、602A、610FM、710FL、710FM、710FS、FTX-218(以上由Neos Corporation製造)等。Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include surfactants described in paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-041318 (corresponding to paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of International Publication No. 2014/017669), Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014/017669, etc. The surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-132503 and the surfactants described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-008634 are incorporated into this specification. Examples of commercially available fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F -144, R-30, F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F -559, F-560, F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM , R-41, R-41-LM, RS-43, R-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (the above are manufactured by DIC CORPORATION), Fluorad FC430 , FC431, FC171 (the above are manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (the above manufactured by AGC Inc.), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (the above manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.), Ftergent 208G, 215M, 245F, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 610FM, 710FL, 710FM , 710FS, FTX-218 (the above are manufactured by Neos Corporation), etc.

氟系界面活性劑還能夠較佳地使用丙烯酸系化合物,該丙烯酸系化合物具備具有含有氟原子之官能基之分子結構,且施加熱時含有氟原子之官能基部分被切斷而氟原子揮發。作為這樣的氟系界面活性劑,可舉出DIC Corporation製造之MEGAFACE DS系列(化學工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日經產業新聞(2016年2月23日))、例如MEGAFACE DS-21。As the fluorine-based surfactant, an acrylic compound can preferably be used. The acrylic compound has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and when heat is applied, the functional group containing the fluorine atom is partially cut off and the fluorine atom is volatilized. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include the MEGAFACE DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Chemical Industry Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, MEGAFACE DS- twenty one.

關於氟系界面活性劑,使用具有氟化烷基或氟化伸烷基醚基之含氟原子的乙烯基醚化合物與親水性乙烯基醚化合物的聚合物亦為較佳。關於這樣的氟系界面活性劑,可舉出日本特開2016-216602號公報中所記載之氟系界面活性劑,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。Regarding the fluorine-based surfactant, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include the fluorine-based surfactants described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-216602, and this content is incorporated into this specification.

氟系界面活性劑還能夠使用嵌段聚合物。氟系界面活性劑還能夠較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物,該含氟高分子化合物包含:源自具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元;及源自具有2個以上(較佳為5個以上)的伸烷氧基(較佳為伸乙氧基、伸丙氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元。又,日本特開2010-032698號公報的0016~0037段中所記載之含氟界面活性劑、下述化合物亦例示為本發明中所使用之氟系界面活性劑。 [化學式23] 上述化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為3000~50000,例如為14000。上述化合物中,表示重複單元的比例之%為莫耳%。 As the fluorine-based surfactant, a block polymer can also be used. As the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer compound can preferably be used. The fluorine-containing polymer compound contains: a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom; and a fluorine-containing polymer compound derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having 2 or more ( It is a repeating unit of a (meth)acrylate compound having an alkyleneoxy group (preferably an ethyleneoxy group or a propyleneoxy group) of more than 5 (preferably 5 or more). In addition, the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention. [Chemical formula 23] The weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000. In the above compounds, the percentage expressed as the proportion of repeating units is molar %.

氟系界面活性劑還能夠使用在側鏈具有含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之含氟聚合物。作為具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-164965號公報的0050~0090段及0289~0295段中所記載之化合物,DIC Corporation製造的MEGAFACE RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等。又,氟系界面活性劑還能夠使用日本特開2015-117327號公報的0015~0158段中所記載之化合物。As the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain can also be used. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-164965, and MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, and RS- manufactured by DIC Corporation. 72-K et al. In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-117327 can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant.

就環境管制的觀點而言,使用國際公開第2020/084854號中所記載之界面活性劑來代替具有碳數6以上的全氟烷基之界面活性劑為較佳。From the viewpoint of environmental control, it is preferable to use the surfactant described in International Publication No. 2020/084854 instead of the surfactant having a perfluoroalkyl group having 6 or more carbon atoms.

又,將由式(fi-1)表示之含氟醯亞胺鹽化合物用作界面活性劑亦為較佳。 [化學式24] 式(fi-1)中,m表示1或2,n表示1~4的整數,a表示1或2,X a+表示a價的金屬離子、一級銨離子、二級銨離子、三級銨離子、四級銨離子或NH 4 +Furthermore, it is also preferable to use a fluorine-containing imine salt compound represented by formula (fi-1) as a surfactant. [Chemical formula 24] In the formula (fi-1), m represents 1 or 2, n represents an integer from 1 to 4, a represents 1 or 2, and X a+ represents a-valent metal ion, primary ammonium ion, secondary ammonium ion, and tertiary ammonium ion. , quaternary ammonium ions or NH 4 + .

作為非離子性界面活性劑,可舉出丙三醇(glycerol)、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,丙三醇丙氧基化物、丙三醇乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯、Pluronic L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF公司製造)、Tetronic 304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF公司製造)、Solsperse 20000(Japan Lubrizol Corporation製造)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製造)、PIONIN D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(Takemoto Oil&Fat Co.,Ltd.製造)、OLFIN E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(Nissin Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)等。Examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, glycerolpropane Oxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl Phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (manufactured by BASF) , Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Japan Lubrizol Corporation), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), PIONIN D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.), OLFIN E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,可舉出DC3PA、SH7PA、DC11PA、SH21PA、SH28PA、SH29PA、SH30PA、SH8400、SH 8400 FLUID、FZ-2122、67 Additive、74 Additive、M Additive、SF 8419 OIL(以上由Dow Toray Co.,Ltd.製造)、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上由Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製造)、KP-341、KF-6000、KF-6001、KF-6002、KF-6003(以上由Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、BYK-307、BYK-322、BYK-323、BYK-330、BYK-333、BYK-3760、BYK-UV3510(以上由BYK Chemie公司製造)等。又,在矽酮系界面活性劑中還能夠使用下述結構的化合物。 [化學式25] Examples of silicone-based surfactants include DC3PA, SH7PA, DC11PA, SH21PA, SH28PA, SH29PA, SH30PA, SH8400, SH 8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (the above is represented by Dow Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (the above are manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.), KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF- 6002, KF-6003 (the above manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (the above manufactured by Manufactured by BYK Chemie Co., Ltd.), etc. In addition, compounds having the following structures can also be used among silicone surfactants. [Chemical formula 25]

著色組成物的總固體成分中的界面活性劑的含量係0.001質量%~5.0質量%為較佳,0.005~3.0質量%為更佳。本發明的著色組成物可以僅包含1種界面活性劑,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上之情形下,該等總量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001 to 5.0 mass%, and more preferably 0.005 to 3.0 mass%. The colored composition of the present invention may contain only one type of surfactant, or may contain two or more types. In the case of two or more situations, it is better for the total amount to be within the above range.

<<其他添加劑>> 在本發明的著色組成物中,依據需要,能夠摻合各種添加劑、例如填充劑、密接促進劑、抗氧化劑、抗凝聚劑等。作為該等添加劑,能夠舉出日本特開2004-295116號公報的0155~0156段中所記載之添加劑,且該內容被編入本說明書中。又,作為抗氧化劑,例如能夠使用酚化合物、磷系化合物(例如日本特開2011-090147號公報的0042段中所記載之化合物)、硫醚化合物等。作為市售品,例如可舉出ADEKA CORPORATION製造之Adekastab系列(AO-20、AO-30、AO-40、AO-50、AO-50F、AO-60、AO-60G、AO-80、AO-330等)。又,作為抗氧化劑,還能夠使用國際公開第2017/006600號中所記載之多官能受阻胺抗氧化劑、國際公開第2017/164024號中所記載之抗氧化劑、日本專利第6268967號公報的0023~0048段中所記載之抗氧化劑。抗氧化劑可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。又,依據需要,本發明的著色組成物還可以含有潛在抗氧化劑。作為潛伏抗氧化劑,可舉出作為抗氧化劑發揮功能之部位被保護基保護之化合物,且保護基藉由在100~250℃下進行加熱或在酸/鹼觸媒存在下在80~200℃下進行加熱而脫離並作為抗氧化劑發揮功能之化合物。作為潛在抗氧化劑的具體例,可舉出國際公開第2014/021023號、國際公開第2017/030005號、日本特開2017-008219號公報中所記載之化合物。作為市售品,可舉出ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)等。又,本發明的著色組成物能夠含有日本特開2004-295116號公報的0078段中所記載之增感劑、光穩定劑、日本特開2004-295116號公報的0081段中所記載之熱聚合抑制劑、日本特開2018-091940號公報的0242段中所記載之儲存穩定化劑。 <<Other additives>> The colored composition of the present invention may be blended with various additives, such as fillers, adhesion accelerators, antioxidants, anti-aggregation agents, etc., as necessary. Examples of such additives include those described in paragraphs 0155 to 0156 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-295116, and the content is incorporated into this specification. Moreover, as an antioxidant, for example, a phenolic compound, a phosphorus compound (for example, the compound described in paragraph 0042 of Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2011-090147), a thioether compound, etc. can be used. Examples of commercially available products include the Adekastab series (AO-20, AO-30, AO-40, AO-50, AO-50F, AO-60, AO-60G, AO-80, AO- 330 etc.). In addition, as the antioxidant, the polyfunctional hindered amine antioxidant described in International Publication No. 2017/006600, the antioxidant described in International Publication No. 2017/164024, and Japanese Patent No. 6268967 No. 0023 to Antioxidants described in paragraph 0048. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. In addition, if necessary, the colored composition of the present invention may further contain a latent antioxidant. Examples of latent antioxidants include compounds in which the site functioning as an antioxidant is protected by a protecting group, and the protecting group is heated at 100 to 250°C or heated at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/alkali catalyst. A compound that is released by heating and functions as an antioxidant. Specific examples of potential antioxidants include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-008219. Examples of commercially available products include ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION). Furthermore, the colored composition of the present invention can contain the sensitizer and light stabilizer described in paragraph 0078 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-295116, and the thermal polymerization agent described in paragraph 0081 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-295116. Inhibitor, storage stabilizer described in paragraph 0242 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-091940.

就環境管制的觀點而言,有時管制全氟烷基磺酸及其鹽、以及全氟烷基羧酸及其鹽的使用。在本發明的著色組成物中,減小上述之化合物的含有率之情形下,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,全氟烷基磺酸(特別係全氟烷基的碳數為6~8的全氟烷基磺酸)及其鹽、以及全氟烷基羧酸(特別係全氟烷基的碳數為6~8的全氟烷基羧酸)及其鹽的含有率在0.01ppb~1,000ppb的範圍內為較佳,在0.05ppb~500ppb的範圍內為更佳,在0.1ppb~300ppb的範圍內為進一步較佳。本發明的著色組成物可以實質上不含全氟烷基磺酸及其鹽、以及全氟烷基羧酸及其鹽。例如,藉由使用能夠代替全氟烷基磺酸及其鹽之化合物、以及能夠代替全氟烷基羧酸及其鹽之化合物,可以選擇實質上不含全氟烷基磺酸及其鹽、以及全氟烷基羧酸及其鹽之著色組成物。作為能夠代替管制化合物之化合物,例如,可舉出由於全氟烷基的碳數不同而從管制對象中被除外之化合物。但是,上述之內容並不妨礙全氟烷基磺酸及其鹽、以及全氟烷基羧酸及其鹽的使用。本發明的著色組成物可以在容許之最大範圍內包含全氟烷基磺酸及其鹽、以及全氟烷基羧酸及其鹽。From the viewpoint of environmental regulation, the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts is sometimes regulated. In the coloring composition of the present invention, when the content rate of the above-mentioned compound is reduced, the perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid (especially the carbon number of the perfluoroalkyl group is 6 to 6) relative to the total solid content of the coloring composition. 8 perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid) and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (especially perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid with a perfluoroalkyl carbon number of 6 to 8) and its salts, the content rate is 0.01 The range of ppb to 1,000 ppb is preferred, the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb is more preferred, and the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb is further preferred. The coloring composition of the present invention may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. For example, by using compounds that can replace perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salts, and compounds that can replace perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acids and its salts, you can choose to be substantially free of perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid and its salts, and colored compositions of perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acids and their salts. Examples of compounds that can replace the regulated compounds include compounds that are excluded from the regulatory targets due to a different number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group. However, the above content does not prevent the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts within the maximum allowable range.

<收容容器> 作為本發明的著色組成物的收容容器,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的收容容器。又,作為收容容器,為了抑制雜質混入原材料、著色組成物中,使用由6種6層的樹脂構成容器內壁之多層瓶子或將6種樹脂製成7層結構之瓶子亦為較佳。作為這樣的容器,例如可舉出日本特開2015-123351號公報中所記載之容器。又,為了防止自容器內壁的金屬溶出,提高著色組成物的保存穩定性,或者抑制成分改質等,容器內壁由玻璃製造或由不銹鋼製造等亦為較佳。 <Container> There is no particular limitation on the container for storing the colored composition of the present invention, and a known container can be used. In addition, as a storage container, in order to prevent impurities from being mixed into raw materials and coloring compositions, it is also preferable to use a multi-layered bottle with an inner wall composed of six types of six-layer resins or a bottle with a seven-layer structure made of six types of resins. Examples of such a container include the container described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-123351. In addition, in order to prevent metal elution from the inner wall of the container, improve the storage stability of the coloring composition, or suppress component modification, it is also preferable that the inner wall of the container is made of glass or stainless steel.

<著色組成物之製造方法> 本發明的著色組成物能夠藉由混合前述成分而製造。在製造著色組成物時,可以將所有成分同時溶解和/或分散於溶劑中而製造著色組成物,亦可以依據需要,將各成分適當地作為2個以上的溶液或分散液,並在使用時(塗佈時)將該等進行混合而製造著色組成物。 <Production method of coloring composition> The colored composition of the present invention can be produced by mixing the aforementioned components. When producing a coloring composition, all the components can be dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to produce the coloring composition. Alternatively, each component can be appropriately prepared as two or more solutions or dispersions as needed, and used These are mixed (at the time of coating) to produce a coloring composition.

又,在製造著色組成物時,可以包括使顏料等粒子分散之步驟。在使顏料分散之步驟中,作為用於顏料的分散之機械力,可舉出壓縮、擠壓、衝擊、剪切、氣蝕等。作為該等步驟的具體例,可舉出珠磨、砂磨、輥磨、球磨、塗料攪拌、微射流、高速葉輪、混砂、噴射流混合、高壓濕式微粒化、超聲波分散等。又,在砂磨(珠磨)下的顏料的粉碎中,以如下條件進行處理為較佳,該條件為藉由使用直徑小的微珠,且提高微珠的填充率等而提高粉碎效率。又,在粉碎處理後藉由過濾、離心分離等而去除粗粒子為較佳。又,關於使顏料分散之步驟及分散機,能夠較佳地使用“分散技術大全集、JOHOKIKO CO., LTD.發行,2005年7月15日”或“以圍繞懸浮液(固體/液體分散體系)為中心之分散技術與工業上的實際應用綜合資料集,經營開發中心出版部發行,1978年10月10日”、日本特開2015-157893號公報的0022段中所記載之步驟及分散機。又,在使顏料分散之步驟中,可以藉由鹽磨製程進行粒子的微細化處理。在鹽磨製程中所使用之原材料、機器、處理條件等例如能夠參閱日本特開2015-194521號公報、日本特開2012-046629號公報的記載。Furthermore, when producing the colored composition, a step of dispersing particles such as pigments may be included. In the step of dispersing the pigment, examples of the mechanical force used to disperse the pigment include compression, extrusion, impact, shearing, cavitation, and the like. Specific examples of these steps include bead milling, sand milling, roller milling, ball milling, paint stirring, micro-jet flow, high-speed impeller, sand mixing, jet flow mixing, high-pressure wet micronization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like. Furthermore, in the grinding of pigments by sand milling (bead milling), it is preferable to perform the process under conditions in which the grinding efficiency is improved by using microbeads with small diameters and increasing the filling rate of the microbeads. Moreover, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation, etc. after the grinding process. In addition, regarding the steps and dispersers for dispersing pigments, "Encyclopedia of Dispersion Technology, published by JOHOKIKO CO., LTD., July 15, 2005" or "Surrounding the Suspension (Solid/Liquid Dispersion System)" can be preferably used. ) is the Center's Comprehensive Data Collection on Dispersion Technology and Industrial Applications, published by the Publication Department of the Business Development Center, October 10, 1978," and the steps and dispersion machines described in paragraph 0022 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-157893 . In addition, in the step of dispersing the pigment, the particles may be refined through a salt grinding process. For the raw materials, machines, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt grinding process, please refer to the records in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-194521 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-046629, for example.

製造著色組成物時,為了去除異物或降低缺陷等,用過濾器過濾著色組成物為較佳。作為過濾器,只要係一直以來用於過濾用途等之過濾器,則能夠無特別限制地進行使用。例如可舉出使用聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)、聚偏二氟乙烯(PVDF)等氟樹脂、尼龍(例如尼龍-6、尼龍-6,6)等聚醯胺系樹脂、聚乙烯、聚丙烯(PP)等聚烯烴樹脂(包含高密度、超高分子量的聚烯烴樹脂)等原材料之過濾器。在該等材料之中,聚丙烯(包含高密度聚丙烯)及尼龍為較佳。When producing a colored composition, it is preferable to filter the colored composition with a filter in order to remove foreign matter or reduce defects. As a filter, any filter which has been conventionally used for filtration purposes etc. can be used without any particular restriction. Examples include the use of fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), polyamide resins such as nylon (for example, nylon-6, nylon-6,6), polyethylene, and polypropylene. (PP) and other polyolefin resins (including high-density, ultra-high molecular weight polyolefin resins) and other raw materials. Among these materials, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred.

過濾器的孔徑係0.01~7.0μm為較佳,0.01~3.0μm為更佳,0.05~0.5μm為進一步較佳。只要過濾器的孔徑在上述範圍,則能夠更確實地去除微細的異物。關於過濾器的孔徑值,能夠參閱過濾器廠商的標稱值。關於過濾器,能夠使用由NIHON PALL LTD.(DFA4201NXEY、DFA4201NAEY、DFA4201J006P等)、Advantec Toyo Kaisha,Ltd.、Nihon Entegris K.K.(formerly Nippon micro squirrel Co., Ltd.)及KITZ MICRO FILTER CORPORATION等提供之各種過濾器。The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.01 to 7.0 μm, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0 μm, and still more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 μm. As long as the pore size of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably. Regarding the pore size of the filter, you can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. Regarding filters, various types provided by NIHON PALL LTD. (DFA4201NXEY, DFA4201NAEY, DFA4201J006P, etc.), Advantec Toyo Kaisha, Ltd., Nihon Entegris K.K. (formerly Nippon micro squirrel Co., Ltd.), KITZ MICRO FILTER CORPORATION, etc. can be used. filter.

又,作為過濾器,使用纖維狀的濾材亦為較佳。作為纖維狀的濾材,例如可舉出聚丙烯纖維、尼龍纖維、玻璃纖維等。作為市售品,可舉出ROKI TECHNO CO.,LTD.製造的SBP類型系列(SBP008等)、TPR類型系列(TPR002、TPR005等)、SHPX類型系列(SHPX003等)。在使用過濾器時,可以組合不同之過濾器(例如,第1過濾器和第2過濾器等)。此時,用各過濾器之過濾可以僅進行1次,亦可以進行2次以上。又,可以在上述範圍內組合不同孔徑的過濾器。又,亦可以僅對分散液進行使用第1過濾器的過濾,混合其他成分之後,用第2過濾器進行過濾。In addition, it is also preferable to use a fibrous filter material as the filter. Examples of the fibrous filter material include polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber, and the like. Commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.), and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by ROKI TECHNO CO., LTD. When using filters, you can combine different filters (for example, filter 1 and filter 2, etc.). At this time, filtration by each filter may be performed only once, or may be performed two or more times. Furthermore, filters with different pore sizes can be combined within the above range. Alternatively, only the dispersion may be filtered using the first filter, and the other components may be mixed and then filtered using the second filter.

<膜> 本發明的膜為使用上述之本發明的著色組成物獲得之膜。本發明的膜可用作濾色器的綠色像素。本發明的膜的膜厚能夠依據目的而適當地調整,但是0.5~3.0μm為較佳。下限係0.8μm以上為更佳,1.0μm以上為進一步較佳,1.1μm以上為更進一步較佳。上限係2.5μm以下為更佳,2.0μm以下為進一步較佳,1.8μm以下為更進一步較佳。 <Membrane> The film of the present invention is a film obtained using the above-described coloring composition of the present invention. The films of the present invention can be used as green pixels of color filters. The film thickness of the film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted depending on the purpose, but is preferably 0.5 to 3.0 μm. The lower limit is preferably 0.8 μm or more, further preferably 1.0 μm or more, and still further preferably 1.1 μm or more. The upper limit is more preferably 2.5 μm or less, still more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and still more preferably 1.8 μm or less.

關於本發明的膜,相對於波長526~545nm的光之透射率的最大值係65%以上為較佳,70%以上為更佳,75%以上為進一步較佳。 又,相對於波長526~545nm的光之平均透射率係60%以上為較佳,65%以上為更佳,70%以上為進一步較佳。 又,相對於波長450nm的光之透射率係10%以下為較佳,5%以下為更佳,2%以下為進一步較佳。 又,相對於400~450nm的波長的光之平均透射率係10%以下為較佳,5%以下為更佳,1%以下為進一步較佳。 又,相對於波長650nm的光之透射率係10%以下為較佳,5%以下為更佳,2%以下為進一步較佳。 Regarding the film of the present invention, the maximum value of the transmittance for light with a wavelength of 526 to 545 nm is preferably 65% or more, more preferably 70% or more, and further preferably 75% or more. In addition, the average transmittance of light with a wavelength of 526 to 545 nm is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 65% or more, and still more preferably 70% or more. In addition, the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 450 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and further preferably 2% or less. In addition, the average transmittance of light with a wavelength of 400 to 450 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and further preferably 1% or less. In addition, the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 650 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and further preferably 2% or less.

又,關於本發明的膜,極大吸收波長存在於415~450nm的波長範圍內為較佳,存在於420~445nm的波長範圍內為更佳,存在於425~440nm的波長範圍內為進一步較佳。 又,關於本發明的膜,透射率顯示50%之波長存在於505~530nm的波長範圍內和540~575nm的波長範圍內為較佳。透射率顯示50%之短波長側的波長存在於510~525nm的波長範圍內為較佳,存在於515~520nm的波長範圍內為更佳。透射率顯示50%之長波長側的波長存在於545~565nm的波長範圍內為較佳,存在於550~555nm的波長範圍內為更佳。 Moreover, regarding the film of the present invention, it is preferable that the maximum absorption wavelength exists in the wavelength range of 415 to 450 nm, more preferably it exists in the wavelength range of 420 to 445 nm, and it is still more preferable that it exists in the wavelength range of 425 to 440 nm. . Furthermore, regarding the film of the present invention, it is preferable that the wavelength at which the transmittance shows 50% exists within the wavelength range of 505 to 530 nm and within the wavelength range of 540 to 575 nm. It is preferable that the wavelength on the short wavelength side where the transmittance shows 50% exists in the wavelength range of 510 to 525 nm, and it is more preferable that it exists in the wavelength range of 515 to 520 nm. It is preferable that the wavelength on the long wavelength side whose transmittance shows 50% exists in the wavelength range of 545 to 565 nm, and it is more preferable that it exists in the wavelength range of 550 to 555 nm.

又,對於本發明的膜,使用C光源進行測色時的CIE(國際照明委員會)的xyz表色系統中的色度座標係x=0.170~0.300、y=0.600~0.800為較佳。上述膜的色度座標的x係0.210~0.300為較佳,0.250~0.300為更佳。上述膜的色度座標的y係0.650~0.800為較佳,0.700~0.800為更佳。這樣的色度座標的膜可較佳地用作濾色器的綠色像素。In addition, for the film of the present invention, the chromaticity coordinate system x=0.170 to 0.300 and y=0.600 to 0.800 in the CIE (International Commission on Illumination) xyz colorimetric system when colorimetrically measured using a C light source is preferred. The x-system of the chromaticity coordinate of the film is preferably 0.210 to 0.300, and more preferably 0.250 to 0.300. The y system of the chromaticity coordinate of the film is preferably 0.650 to 0.800, and more preferably 0.700 to 0.800. Such a chromaticity coordinate film can be preferably used as a green pixel of a color filter.

<濾色器> 對本發明的濾色器進行說明。本發明的濾色器具有上述本發明的膜。具體而言,作為濾色器的綠色像素,具有本發明的膜。本發明的濾色器能夠用於固體攝像元件、顯示裝置。 <Color filter> The color filter of the present invention will be described. The color filter of the present invention has the film of the present invention described above. Specifically, the green pixel of the color filter has the film of the present invention. The color filter of the present invention can be used in solid-state imaging devices and display devices.

本發明的濾色器除了本發明的膜的像素以外,還具有其他色相的著色像素為較佳。作為本發明的濾色器的較佳態樣,可舉出紅色像素、藍色像素及由本發明的膜構成之綠色像素之態樣。濾色器亦可以具有如下結構:在藉由隔壁例如以方格狀隔開之空間嵌入有各著色像素。此時的隔壁係比各著色像素低的折射率為較佳。又,可以由美國專利申請公開第2018/0040656號說明書中所記載之結構形成隔壁。The color filter of the present invention preferably has colored pixels of other hues in addition to the pixels of the film of the present invention. Preferable aspects of the color filter of the present invention include red pixels, blue pixels, and green pixels composed of the film of the present invention. The color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space separated by partition walls, for example, in a grid shape. In this case, it is preferable that the partition wall has a lower refractive index than each colored pixel. In addition, the partition wall can be formed by the structure described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0040656.

較佳與本發明的膜的像素組合使用之紅色像素包含紅色著色劑為較佳。紅色像素所包含之著色劑中的紅色著色劑的含量係30質量%以上為較佳,40質量%以上為更佳。紅色像素所包含之著色劑中的紅色著色劑的含量的上限可以為100質量%,亦可以為99質量%以下,亦可以為95質量%以下,亦可以為90質量%以下。又,紅色像素包含40質量%以上的紅色著色劑為較佳,包含50質量%以上為更佳,包含60質量%以上為進一步較佳。又,紅色著色劑的含量的上限係80質量%以下為較佳,70質量%以下為更佳,60質量%以下為進一步較佳。作為紅色著色劑,可舉出C.I.顏料紅1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294,295,296,297等紅色顏料,C.I.顏料紅122,177,179,202,254,264,269,272為較佳,C.I.顏料紅177,179,202,254,264,272為更佳,C.I.顏料紅177,254,264為進一步較佳。The red pixels preferably used in combination with the pixels of the film of the present invention preferably contain a red colorant. The content of the red colorant in the colorant contained in the red pixel is preferably 30 mass% or more, and more preferably 40 mass% or more. The upper limit of the content of the red colorant in the colorant contained in the red pixel may be 100% by mass, 99% by mass or less, 95% by mass or less, or 90% by mass or less. In addition, the red pixel preferably contains 40 mass % or more of the red colorant, more preferably 50 mass % or more, and still more preferably 60 mass % or more. Moreover, the upper limit of the content of the red colorant is preferably 80 mass% or less, more preferably 70 mass% or less, and still more preferably 60 mass% or less. Examples of the red colorant include C.I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2 , 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1 , 81:2, 81:3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176 ,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269 , 270, 272, 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, 297 and other red pigments, C.I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 179, 202, 254, 264, 269, 272 is preferred, C.I. Pigment Red 177, 179, 202 , 254, 264, and 272 are more preferred, and C.I. Pigment Red 177, 254, and 264 are further preferred.

上述紅色像素除了紅色著色劑以外,還包含黃色著色劑為較佳。相對於紅色著色劑100質量份,黃色著色劑的含量係3~60質量份為較佳,5~50質量份為更佳,10~40質量份為進一步較佳。作為黃色著色劑,可舉出C.I.顏料黃1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232,233,234,235,236等黃色顏料,C.I.顏料黃129,138,139,150,185為較佳。The red pixel preferably contains a yellow colorant in addition to the red colorant. The content of the yellow colorant is preferably 3 to 60 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the red colorant, more preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass, and further preferably 10 to 40 parts by mass. Examples of the yellow colorant include C.I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34 , 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86 ,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128 ,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174 , 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 215, 228, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236 and other yellow pigments, C.I. Pigment Yellow 129, 138, 139, 150 and 185 are preferred.

關於上述紅色像素,相對於400~550nm的波長的光之透射率的最大值係5%以下為較佳,3%以下為更佳,1%以下為進一步較佳。又,相對於400~550nm的波長的光之平均透射率係3%以下為較佳,1%以下為更佳,0.5%以下為進一步較佳。又,相對於600~700nm的波長的光之透射率的最小值係10%以上為較佳,25%以上為更佳,40%以上為進一步較佳。又,相對於600~700nm的波長的光之平均透射率係80%以上為較佳,90%以上為更佳,95%以上為進一步較佳。Regarding the red pixel, the maximum value of the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 400 to 550 nm is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less, and further preferably 1% or less. In addition, the average transmittance of light with a wavelength of 400 to 550 nm is preferably 3% or less, more preferably 1% or less, and further preferably 0.5% or less. In addition, the minimum value of the transmittance for light with a wavelength of 600 to 700 nm is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 25% or more, and further preferably 40% or more. In addition, the average transmittance of light with a wavelength of 600 to 700 nm is preferably 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and still more preferably 95% or more.

又,對於紅色像素,使用C光源進行測色時的CIE(國際照明委員會)的XYZ表色系統中的色度座標係x=0.640~0.710、y=0.290~0.330為較佳。紅色像素的色度座標的x係0.650~0.700為較佳,0.660~0.690為更佳。紅色像素的色度座標的y係0.300~0.325為較佳,0.310~0.320為更佳。Furthermore, for red pixels, the chromaticity coordinate system x=0.640 to 0.710 and y=0.290 to 0.330 in the XYZ colorimetric system of the CIE (Commission Internationale de l'Eclairage) for color measurement using a C light source is preferred. The x-system of the chromaticity coordinates of red pixels is preferably 0.650 to 0.700, and more preferably 0.660 to 0.690. The y system of the chromaticity coordinates of the red pixel is preferably 0.300 to 0.325, and more preferably 0.310 to 0.320.

較佳與本發明的膜的像素組合使用之藍色像素包含藍色著色劑為較佳。藍色像素所包含之著色劑中的藍色著色劑的含量係40質量%以上為較佳,60質量%以上為更佳。又,藍色像素包含20質量%以上的藍色著色劑為較佳,包含25質量%以上為更佳,包含30質量%以上為進一步較佳。藍色著色劑的含量的上限係80質量%以下為較佳,70質量%以下為更佳,60質量%以下為進一步較佳。作為藍色著色劑,可舉出C.I.顏料藍1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87,88等藍色顏料,C.I.顏料藍15:6為較佳。The blue pixels preferably used in combination with the pixels of the film of the present invention preferably contain a blue colorant. The content of the blue colorant in the colorant contained in the blue pixel is preferably 40 mass% or more, and more preferably 60 mass% or more. In addition, the blue pixel preferably contains 20 mass % or more of the blue colorant, more preferably 25 mass % or more, and still more preferably 30 mass % or more. The upper limit of the content of the blue colorant is preferably 80 mass% or less, more preferably 70 mass% or less, and still more preferably 60 mass% or less. Examples of the blue colorant include C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, 88 and other blue pigments, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 is preferred.

上述藍色像素除了藍色著色劑以外,還包含選自紫色著色劑及紅色著色劑中之至少1種為更佳。相對於藍色著色劑100質量份,紫色著色劑的含量係10~90質量份為較佳,20~75質量份為更佳,30~60質量份為進一步較佳。作為紫色著色劑及紅色著色劑,可舉出C.I.顏料紫1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60,61等紫色顏料、口山口星化合物等。作為口山口星化合物,可舉出使日本特開2016-180834號公報的0025~0077段中所記載之在側鏈具有陽離子性基之樹脂與口山口星系酸性染料進行反應而獲得之造鹽化合物等。It is more preferable that the blue pixel further contains at least one selected from a purple colorant and a red colorant in addition to a blue colorant. The content of the purple colorant relative to 100 parts by mass of the blue colorant is preferably 10 to 90 parts by mass, more preferably 20 to 75 parts by mass, and further preferably 30 to 60 parts by mass. Examples of the purple colorant and the red colorant include purple pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, 61 and the like, Kuchi Yamaguchi star compounds, and the like. Examples of the Kouyamaguchi star compound include salt-generating compounds obtained by reacting a resin having a cationic group in a side chain described in paragraphs 0025 to 0077 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-180834 and a Kuchiyaguchi star acid dye. wait.

關於上述藍色像素,相對於400~500nm的波長的光之透射率的最大值係50%以上為較佳,60%以上為更佳,70%以上為進一步較佳。又,相對於400~500nm的波長的光之平均透射率係40%以上為較佳,50%以上為更佳,60%以上為進一步較佳。又,相對於550~700nm的波長的光之透射率的最小值係30%以下為較佳,20%以下為更佳,10%以下為進一步較佳。又,相對於550~700nm的波長的光之平均透射率係25%以下為較佳,10%以下為更佳,5%以下為進一步較佳。Regarding the above-mentioned blue pixel, the maximum value of transmittance for light with a wavelength of 400 to 500 nm is preferably 50% or more, more preferably 60% or more, and further preferably 70% or more. In addition, the average transmittance of light with a wavelength of 400 to 500 nm is preferably 40% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and still more preferably 60% or more. In addition, the minimum value of the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 550 to 700 nm is preferably 30% or less, more preferably 20% or less, and further preferably 10% or less. In addition, the average transmittance of light with a wavelength of 550 to 700 nm is preferably 25% or less, more preferably 10% or less, and further preferably 5% or less.

又,對於藍色像素,使用C光源進行測色時的CIE(國際照明委員會)的XYZ表色系統中的色度座標係x=0.130~0.160、y=0.035~0.080為較佳。藍色像素的色度座標的x係0.135~0.155為較佳,0.140~0.150為更佳。藍色像素的色度座標的y係0.040~0.075為較佳,0.045~0.070為更佳。In addition, for blue pixels, the chromaticity coordinate system x=0.130 to 0.160 and y=0.035 to 0.080 in the XYZ colorimetric system of the CIE (Commission Internationale de l'Eclairage) for color measurement using a C light source is preferable. The x-system of the chromaticity coordinate of the blue pixel is preferably 0.135 to 0.155, and more preferably 0.140 to 0.150. The y system of the chromaticity coordinates of the blue pixel is preferably 0.040 to 0.075, and more preferably 0.045 to 0.070.

<結構體> 本發明的結構體具有使用上述之本發明的著色組成物獲得之綠色像素、紅色像素及藍色像素。綠色像素具有在上述之本發明的膜一項中說明之分光特性為較佳。又,紅色像素及藍色像素具有在上述之濾色器一項中說明之分光特性為較佳。 <Structure> The structure of the present invention has green pixels, red pixels, and blue pixels obtained using the above-described coloring composition of the present invention. It is preferable that the green pixel has the spectral characteristics described above in the film of the present invention. In addition, it is preferable that the red pixel and the blue pixel have the spectral characteristics described in the above-mentioned color filter.

<像素之形成方法> 接著,對使用了本發明的著色組成物之像素之形成方法進行說明。像素之形成方法包括如下製程為較佳:在支撐體上塗佈著色組成物而形成著色組成物層之製程;將該著色組成物層以圖案狀進行曝光之製程;及對曝光後的著色組成物層進行顯影之製程。形成像素時,通過所有製程在150℃以下的溫度下進行為較佳。另外,在本發明中,“在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度下進行”係指在150℃以下的溫度下進行使用著色組成物形成像素之所有製程。係指在設置對曝光後的著色組成物層進行顯影之後,進而進行加熱之製程之情形下,該加熱之製程亦在150℃以下的溫度下進行。以下,對各製程的詳細內容進行敘述。 <How to form pixels> Next, a method of forming a pixel using the coloring composition of the present invention will be described. The formation method of pixels preferably includes the following processes: a process of coating a coloring composition on a support to form a coloring composition layer; a process of exposing the coloring composition layer in a pattern; and a coloring composition after exposure. The process of developing the object layer. When forming pixels, it is best to conduct all processes at a temperature below 150°C. In addition, in the present invention, "the entire process is performed at a temperature of 150°C or lower" means that all processes for forming pixels using a coloring composition are performed at a temperature of 150°C or lower. This refers to the situation where a heating process is performed after developing the exposed colored composition layer, and the heating process is also performed at a temperature below 150°C. The details of each process are described below.

在形成著色組成物層之製程中,在支撐體上塗佈著色組成物而形成著色組成物層。作為支撐體,可舉出玻璃基板、聚碳酸酯基板、聚酯基板、芳香族聚醯胺基板、聚醯胺醯亞胺基板、聚醯亞胺基板等。可以在該等基板上形成有有機發光層。又,為了改善與上部層的密接性、防止物質的擴散或者表面的平坦化,可以在基板上設置底塗層。關於底塗層,例如,還能夠使用從上述之本發明的著色組成物中除去著色劑而得之組成物等來形成。關於底塗層的表面接觸角,在用二碘甲烷進行測量時,係20~70°為較佳。又,在用水進行測量時,30~80°為較佳。In the process of forming the colored composition layer, the colored composition is coated on the support to form the colored composition layer. Examples of the support include a glass substrate, a polycarbonate substrate, a polyester substrate, an aromatic polyamide substrate, a polyamide imide substrate, and a polyimide substrate. An organic light-emitting layer may be formed on the substrates. In addition, a primer layer may be provided on the substrate in order to improve the adhesion with the upper layer, prevent diffusion of substances, or flatten the surface. The undercoat layer can also be formed using, for example, a composition obtained by removing the colorant from the above-mentioned colored composition of the present invention. Regarding the surface contact angle of the primer layer, when measured with methylene iodide, it is preferably 20 to 70°. In addition, when measuring with water, 30 to 80° is preferred.

作為著色組成物的塗佈方法,能夠使用公知的方法。例如,可舉出滴加法(滴鑄);狹縫塗佈法;噴射法;輥塗法;旋轉塗佈法(旋塗);流延塗佈法;狹縫旋塗法;預濕法(例如,日本特開2009-145395號公報中所記載之方法);噴墨(例如,按需方式、壓電方式、熱方式)、噴嘴噴射等噴出系印刷、柔版印刷、網版印刷、凹版印刷、逆轉偏移印刷、金屬遮罩印刷等各種印刷法;使用模具等之轉印法;奈米壓印法等。作為噴墨中之適用方法並沒有特別限定,例如可舉出“可推廣、使用之噴墨-專利中出現之無限可能性-,2005年2月發行,Sumitbe Techon Research Co.,Ltd.”所示之方法(尤其第115頁~第133頁)或日本特開2003-262716號公報、日本特開2003-185831號公報、日本特開2003-261827號公報、日本特開2012-126830號公報、日本特開2006-169325號公報等中所記載之方法。又,關於著色組成物之塗佈方法,能夠參閱國際公開第2017/030174號、國際公開第2017/018419號的記載,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。As a coating method of the coloring composition, a known method can be used. Examples include dropping method (drip casting); slit coating method; spray method; roll coating method; spin coating method (spin coating); cast coating method; slit spin coating method; prewet method ( For example, the method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-145395); inkjet (for example, drop-on-demand method, piezoelectric method, thermal method), nozzle jet printing, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing Various printing methods such as printing, reverse offset printing, and metal mask printing; transfer methods using molds, etc.; nanoimprinting methods, etc. The applicable method for inkjet is not particularly limited, but examples include "Inkjet that can be promoted and used - Infinite Possibilities Appeared in the Patent -, published in February 2005, Sumitbe Techon Research Co., Ltd." The method shown (especially pages 115 to 133) or Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-262716, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-185831, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-261827, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-126830, The method described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-169325, etc. In addition, regarding the coating method of the coloring composition, the descriptions of International Publication No. 2017/030174 and International Publication No. 2017/018419 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

形成於支撐體上之著色組成物層可以進行乾燥(預烘烤)。在進行預烘烤之情形下,預烘烤溫度係80℃以下為較佳,70℃以下為更佳,60℃以下為進一步較佳,50℃以下為特佳。下限例如能夠設為40℃以上。預烘烤時間係10~3600秒為較佳。預烘烤能夠用加熱板、烘箱等來進行。The colored composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked). When prebaking is performed, the prebaking temperature is preferably 80°C or lower, more preferably 70°C or lower, further preferably 60°C or lower, and particularly preferably 50°C or lower. The lower limit can be set to 40°C or higher, for example. Pre-baking time is preferably 10 to 3600 seconds. Prebaking can be performed using a heating plate, oven, etc.

接著,將著色組成物層以圖案狀進行曝光(曝光製程)。例如,使用步進曝光機、掃描曝光機等,經由具有既定的遮罩圖案之遮罩,對著色組成物層進行曝光,藉此能夠以圖案狀進行曝光。藉此,能夠使曝光部分硬化。Next, the colored composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure process). For example, a stepper exposure machine, a scanning exposure machine, or the like is used to expose the coloring composition layer through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern, whereby the coloring composition layer can be exposed in a pattern. Thereby, the exposed part can be hardened.

作為能夠在曝光時使用之放射線(光),可舉出g射線、i射線等。又,還能夠使用波長300nm以下的光(較佳為波長180~300nm的光)。作為波長300nm以下的光,可舉出KrF射線(波長248nm)、ArF射線(波長193nm)等,KrF射線(波長248nm)為較佳。又,還能夠利用300nm以上的長波長的光源。Examples of radiation (light) that can be used during exposure include g-rays, i-rays, and the like. In addition, light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength: 193 nm), and KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm) are preferred. In addition, a long-wavelength light source of 300 nm or more can also be used.

又,在曝光時,可以連續照射光而進行曝光,亦可以脈衝照射而進行曝光(脈衝曝光)。另外,脈衝曝光係指在短時間(例如,毫秒級以下)的循環中反覆進行光的照射和暫停而進行曝光之方式的曝光方法。脈衝曝光時,脈衝寬度係100奈秒(ns)以下為較佳,50奈秒以下為更佳,30奈秒以下為進一步較佳。關於脈衝寬度的下限,並無特別限定,但是能夠設為1飛秒(fs)以上,還能夠設為10飛秒以上。頻率係1kHz以上為較佳,2kHz以上為更佳,4kHz以上為進一步較佳。頻率的上限係50kHz以下為較佳,20kHz以下為更佳,10kHz以下為進一步較佳。最大瞬間照度係50000000W/m 2以上為較佳,100000000W/m 2以上為更佳,200000000W/m 2以上為進一步較佳。又,最大瞬間照度的上限係1000000000W/m 2以下為較佳,800000000W/m 2以下為更佳,500000000W/m 2以下為進一步較佳。另外,脈衝寬度係指在脈衝週期中照射光之時間。又,頻率係指每一秒的脈衝週期的次數。又,最大瞬間照度係指在脈衝週期中照射光之時間內的平均照度。又,脈衝週期係指將脈衝曝光中的光的照射和暫停作為一個循環之週期。 Moreover, at the time of exposure, light may be continuously irradiated and exposed, or it may be pulsed irradiation and exposed (pulse exposure). In addition, pulse exposure refers to an exposure method in which light irradiation and pause are repeatedly performed in a short-time (for example, millisecond or less) cycle to perform exposure. During pulse exposure, the pulse width is preferably 100 nanoseconds (ns) or less, more preferably 50 nanoseconds or less, and further preferably 30 nanoseconds or less. The lower limit of the pulse width is not particularly limited, but it can be set to 1 femtosecond (fs) or more, or to 10 femtoseconds or more. The frequency is preferably 1 kHz or more, more preferably 2 kHz or more, and still more preferably 4 kHz or more. The upper limit of the frequency is preferably 50 kHz or less, more preferably 20 kHz or less, and further preferably 10 kHz or less. The maximum instantaneous illumination is preferably 50000000W/m 2 or more, more preferably 100000000W/m 2 or more, and further preferably 200000000W/m 2 or more. In addition, the upper limit of the maximum instantaneous illuminance is preferably 1000000000W/m 2 or less, more preferably 800000000W/m 2 or less, and still more preferably 500000000W/m 2 or less. In addition, the pulse width refers to the time during which light is irradiated in the pulse cycle. In addition, frequency refers to the number of pulse cycles per second. In addition, the maximum instantaneous illuminance refers to the average illuminance during the time when light is irradiated in the pulse cycle. In addition, the pulse period refers to a period in which the irradiation and pause of light in pulse exposure constitute one cycle.

照射量(曝光量)例如係0.03~2.5J/cm 2為較佳。下限係0.05J/cm 2以上為更佳,0.2J/cm 2以上為進一步較佳,0.5J/cm 2以上為更進一步較佳,0.8J/cm 2以上為更進一步較佳,1.0J/cm 2以上為更進一步較佳。上限係2.0J/cm 2以下為更佳,1.5J/cm 2以下為進一步較佳。又,曝光照度能夠適當地設定,例如,50mW/cm 2~10W/cm 2為較佳。曝光照度的下限係500mW/cm 2以上為更佳,800mW/cm 2以上為進一步較佳,1000mW/cm 2以上為更進一步較佳。曝光照度的上限係10W/cm 2以下為較佳,7W/cm 2以下為更佳,5W/cm 2以下為進一步較佳。 The irradiation amount (exposure amount) is preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , for example. The lower limit is 0.05J/cm 2 or more, which is better, 0.2J/cm 2 or more, which is still better, 0.5J/cm 2 or more, which is still better, 0.8J/cm 2 or more, which is still better, and 1.0J/ cm 2 or more is further preferred. The upper limit is more preferably 2.0 J/cm 2 or less, and still more preferably 1.5 J/cm 2 or less. In addition, the exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and for example, 50 mW/cm 2 to 10 W/cm 2 is preferred. The lower limit of the exposure illuminance is more preferably 500 mW/cm 2 or more, more preferably 800 mW/cm 2 or more, and still more preferably 1000 mW/cm 2 or more. The upper limit of the exposure illuminance is preferably 10 W/cm 2 or less, more preferably 7 W/cm 2 or less, and further preferably 5 W/cm 2 or less.

關於曝光時的氧濃度,能夠適當選擇,除在大氣下進行以外,例如可以在氧濃度為19體積%以下的低氧環境下(例如,15體積%、5體積%、或實質上無氧)下進行曝光,亦可以在氧濃度超過21體積%之高氧環境下(例如,22體積%、30體積%或50體積%)下進行曝光。氧濃度和曝光照度可以適當組合條件,例如能夠設為氧濃度10體積%且照度1W/cm 2、氧濃度35體積%且照度2W/cm 2等。 The oxygen concentration during exposure can be appropriately selected. In addition to performing the exposure in the atmosphere, for example, it can be in a low-oxygen environment with an oxygen concentration of 19 volume % or less (for example, 15 volume %, 5 volume %, or substantially no oxygen). Exposure can also be carried out under a high oxygen environment with an oxygen concentration exceeding 21 volume % (for example, 22 volume %, 30 volume % or 50 volume %). The oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance can be combined appropriately. For example, the oxygen concentration can be 10 volume % and the illuminance is 1 W/cm 2 , the oxygen concentration can be 35 volume % and the illuminance is 2 W/cm 2 , etc.

又,以1J/cm 2以上的曝光量照射波長超過350nm且380nm以下的光(較佳為i射線)並進行曝光亦為較佳。藉由如此曝光,能夠使著色組成物層充分地硬化,能夠製造耐光性更優異的像素。 In addition, it is also preferred to irradiate light (preferably i-rays) having a wavelength of more than 350 nm and less than 380 nm with an exposure amount of 1 J/cm 2 or more. By such exposure, the colored composition layer can be sufficiently hardened, and a pixel with more excellent light resistance can be produced.

接著,對曝光後的著色組成物層進行顯影。亦即,顯影去除著色組成物層的未曝光部而形成圖案(像素)。著色組成物層的未曝光部的顯影去除能夠使用顯影液來進行。藉此,曝光製程中的未曝光部的著色組成物層溶出於顯影液中,只有經光硬化之部分殘留。顯影液的溫度例如係20~30℃為較佳。顯影時間係20~180秒為較佳。又,為了提高殘渣去除性,可以反覆進行複數次每隔60秒甩掉顯影液,進而供給新的顯影液之製程。Next, the exposed colored composition layer is developed. That is, development removes the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer to form a pattern (pixel). The unexposed portion of the coloring composition layer can be removed by development using a developer. Thereby, the colored composition layer in the unexposed portion during the exposure process is dissolved into the developer, and only the photohardened portion remains. The temperature of the developer is preferably 20 to 30°C, for example. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. In addition, in order to improve the residue removal performance, the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and supplying new developer can be repeated several times.

作為顯影液,可舉出有機溶劑、鹼顯影液等,鹼顯影液為較佳。作為鹼顯影液,用純水稀釋鹼劑而得之鹼性水溶液(鹼顯影液)為較佳。作為鹼劑,例如可舉出氨、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、二甘醇胺(diglycolamine)、二乙醇胺、羥胺、乙二胺、四甲基氫氧化銨、四乙基氫氧化銨、四丙基氫氧化銨、四丁基氫氧化銨、氫氧化乙基三甲基銨、苄基三甲基氫氧化銨、二甲基雙(2-羥基乙基)氫氧化銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環-[5.4.0]-7-十一烯等有機鹼性化合物、或氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉等無機鹼性化合物。在環境方面及安全方面上,鹼劑係分子量大的化合物為較佳。鹼性水溶液的鹼劑的濃度係0.001~10質量%為較佳,0.01~1質量%為更佳。又,顯影液還可以含有界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,可舉出上述界面活性劑,非離子性界面活性劑為較佳。從方便移送或保管等觀點而言,顯影液可以暫時製造成濃縮液,使用時稀釋成所需濃度。稀釋倍率並無特別限定,例如能夠設定在1.5~100倍的範圍內。又,顯影之後用純水進行清洗(沖洗)亦為較佳。又,沖洗藉由使形成有顯影後的著色組成物層之支撐體旋轉的同時向顯影後的著色組成物層供給沖洗液來進行為較佳。又,藉由使吐出沖洗液之噴嘴從支撐體的中心部向支撐體的周緣部移動來進行亦為較佳。此時,在從噴嘴的支撐體中心部向周緣部移動時,可以在逐漸降低噴嘴的移動速度的同時使其移動。藉由以該種方式進行沖洗,能夠抑制沖洗的面內偏差。又,藉由使噴嘴從支撐體中心部向周緣部移動的同時逐漸降低支撐體的轉速亦可獲得相同的效果。Examples of the developer include organic solvents, alkali developers, and the like, with alkali developers being preferred. As an alkali developer, an alkaline aqueous solution (alkali developer) obtained by diluting an alkali agent with pure water is preferred. Examples of the alkaline agent include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxylamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, and tetraethylhydrogen. Ammonium oxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide, Choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene and other organic alkaline compounds, or sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, Inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate. In terms of environment and safety, alkaline agents are preferably compounds with large molecular weights. The concentration of the alkali agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass. Furthermore, the developer may contain a surfactant. Examples of the surfactant include the above-mentioned surfactants, and nonionic surfactants are preferred. From the viewpoint of convenient transportation or storage, the developer can be temporarily produced as a concentrated solution and diluted to the required concentration when used. The dilution ratio is not particularly limited, but can be set in the range of 1.5 to 100 times, for example. In addition, it is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. Furthermore, rinsing is preferably performed by supplying a rinsing liquid to the developed colored composition layer while rotating the support on which the developed colored composition layer is formed. Furthermore, it is also preferable to move the nozzle that discharges the rinse liquid from the center of the support body to the peripheral edge of the support body. At this time, when moving from the center part of the support body of the nozzle to the peripheral edge part, the moving speed of the nozzle may be gradually reduced while moving it. By performing flushing in this manner, in-plane deviation of flushing can be suppressed. In addition, the same effect can be obtained by gradually reducing the rotation speed of the support body while moving the nozzle from the center part of the support body to the peripheral part.

顯影之後,實施乾燥之後進行追加曝光處理、加熱處理(後烘烤)亦為較佳。追加曝光處理、後烘烤為用以製成完全硬化者之顯影後的硬化處理。After development, it is also preferable to perform additional exposure processing and heat processing (post-baking) after drying. Additional exposure processing and post-baking are hardening treatments after development to achieve complete hardening.

在進行後烘烤之情形下,加熱溫度係150℃以下為較佳。加熱溫度的上限係120℃以下為更佳,100℃以下為進一步較佳。關於加熱溫度的下限,只要能夠促進膜的硬化,則並無特別限制,50℃以上為較佳,75℃以上為更佳。加熱時間係1分鐘以上為較佳,5分鐘以上為更佳,10分鐘以上為進一步較佳。上限並無特別限定,但是就生產性的觀點而言,20分鐘以下為較佳。後烘烤在非活性氣體的氣氛下進行亦為較佳。依據該態樣,能夠不受氧阻礙而以非常高的效率進行熱聚合,即使在整個製程中在150℃以下的溫度下製造像素之情形下,亦能夠製造平坦性良好且耐光性等特性優異的像素。作為非活性氣體,可舉出氮氣、氬氣、氦氣等,氮氣為較佳。後烘烤時的氧濃度係100ppm以下為較佳。In the case of post-baking, the heating temperature is preferably 150°C or lower. The upper limit of the heating temperature is more preferably 120°C or lower, and further preferably 100°C or lower. The lower limit of the heating temperature is not particularly limited as long as it can promote hardening of the film, but it is preferably 50°C or higher, and more preferably 75°C or higher. The heating time is preferably 1 minute or more, more preferably 5 minutes or more, and still more preferably 10 minutes or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of productivity, 20 minutes or less is preferable. It is also preferable to perform post-baking in an inert gas atmosphere. According to this aspect, thermal polymerization can be carried out with very high efficiency without being hindered by oxygen. Even when the pixel is manufactured at a temperature of 150°C or lower throughout the entire process, it can be manufactured with good flatness and excellent properties such as light resistance. of pixels. Examples of the inert gas include nitrogen, argon, helium, etc., with nitrogen being preferred. The oxygen concentration during post-baking is preferably 100 ppm or less.

在進行追加曝光處理之情形下,照射波長254~350nm的光而進行曝光為較佳。作為更佳的態樣,將著色組成物層以圖案狀進行曝光之製程(顯影前的曝光)中,對著色組成物層照射波長超過350nm且380nm以下的光(較佳為波長355~370nm的光,更佳為i射線)而進行曝光,追加曝光處理(顯影後的曝光)中,對顯影後的著色組成物層照射波長254~350nm的光(較佳為波長254nm的光)而進行曝光為較佳。依據該態樣,能夠藉由第一次曝光(顯影前的曝光)使著色組成物層適當地硬化,並且能夠藉由下一次曝光(顯影後的曝光)使整個著色組成物層幾乎完全硬化,因此其結果,即使在低溫條件下,亦能夠使著色組成物層充分硬化,而形成耐光性、密接性及矩形性等特性優異的像素。如此,在以2個階段進行曝光之情形下,著色組成物中,作為光聚合起始劑,使用包含甲醇中的波長365nm的吸光係數為1.0×10 3mL/g•cm以上的光聚合起始劑A1和甲醇中的波長365nm的吸光係數為1.0×10 2mL/g•cm以下且波長254nm的吸光係數為1.0×10 3mL/g•cm以上的光聚合起始劑A2者為較佳。 When performing additional exposure processing, it is preferable to irradiate and expose with light having a wavelength of 254 to 350 nm. As a more preferable aspect, in the process of exposing the coloring composition layer in a pattern (exposure before development), the coloring composition layer is irradiated with light having a wavelength exceeding 350 nm and not more than 380 nm (preferably a light having a wavelength of 355 to 370 nm). light, more preferably i-ray), and in the additional exposure process (exposure after development), the developed colored composition layer is irradiated with light with a wavelength of 254 to 350 nm (preferably light with a wavelength of 254 nm) and exposed. For better. According to this aspect, the coloring composition layer can be appropriately hardened by the first exposure (exposure before development), and the entire coloring composition layer can be almost completely hardened by the next exposure (exposure after development). Therefore, as a result, even under low-temperature conditions, the colored composition layer can be sufficiently hardened to form a pixel excellent in characteristics such as light resistance, adhesion, and squareness. In this way, when exposure is performed in two steps, the coloring composition uses a photopolymerization initiator containing a photopolymerization initiator having an absorption coefficient of 1.0×10 3 mL/g·cm or more at a wavelength of 365 nm in methanol. Initiator A1 and photopolymerization initiator A2 in methanol have an absorption coefficient of 1.0×10 2 mL/g·cm or less at a wavelength of 365 nm and a wavelength of 254 nm or more than 1.0×10 3 mL/g·cm. good.

關於顯影後的曝光,例如能夠使用紫外線光阻劑硬化裝置來進行。可以從紫外線光阻劑硬化裝置照射例如波長254~350nm的光以及除此以外的光(例如,i射線)。Exposure after development can be performed, for example, using an ultraviolet photoresist curing apparatus. For example, light with a wavelength of 254 to 350 nm and other light (for example, i-rays) can be irradiated from the ultraviolet resist curing device.

又,作為進行追加曝光處理時的曝光源光譜,連續光譜為較佳,就改善所獲得之膜的耐光性及與基板的密接性之觀點而言,具有與顯影前的曝光不同的分光光譜分布為較佳,例如,能夠舉出下述(a)~(c)的放射線。其中,就能夠以更高水準實現所獲得之膜的耐光性及與基板的密接性的改善的觀點而言,(b)或(c)的放射線為較佳。又,在著色劑包含染料之情形下,染料通常吸收紫外線或短波長可見光線而進行光分解,因此在短波長側高強度的成分更少的(c)的放射線為較佳。 (a)具有與顯影前的曝光不同的分光光譜分布之放射線,並且波長313nm(j射線)下的峰強度相對於波長365nm(i射線)下的峰強度為1/6以上且未達1/3之放射線。 (b)具有與顯影前的曝光不同的分光光譜分布之放射線,並且波長313nm(j射線)下的峰強度相對於波長365nm(i射線)下的峰強度為1/3以上之放射線。另外,該波長313nm下的峰強度的上限並無特別限制,但是比波長365nm下的峰強度小為較佳,更佳為3/4以下。 (c)具有與顯影前的曝光不同的分光光譜分布之放射線,並且包括波長405nm(h射線)及波長436nm(g射線),且波長313nm(j射線)及波長365nm(i射線)下的峰強度相對於波長405nm(h射線)的峰強度及波長436nm(g射線)的峰強度中較小的峰強度為1/4以下、較佳為1/10以下、進一步較佳為1/20之放射線。另外,該波長313nm(j射線)及波長365nm(i射線)下的峰強度的下限並無特別限制。 此時,顯影前的曝光係包括波長365nm(i射線)、波長405nm(h射線)及波長436nm(g射線)之放射線,並且波長313nm(j射線)下的峰強度相對於波長365nm(i射線)下的峰強度未達1/6之放射線為較佳。 In addition, as the exposure source spectrum when performing the additional exposure process, a continuous spectrum is preferable. From the viewpoint of improving the light resistance of the obtained film and the adhesion to the substrate, it has a different spectral spectrum distribution from the exposure before development. Preferable examples include the following radiations (a) to (c). Among these, the radiation of (b) or (c) is preferable from the viewpoint that the light resistance of the obtained film and the adhesion to the substrate can be improved to a higher level. In addition, when the colorant contains a dye, the dye usually absorbs ultraviolet rays or short-wavelength visible rays and is photodecomposed, so radiation (c) with fewer high-intensity components on the short-wavelength side is preferable. (a) Radiation with a different spectral distribution from that of exposure before development, and the peak intensity at a wavelength of 313 nm (j ray) is 1/6 or more and less than 1/6 of the peak intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm (i ray) 3. Radiation. (b) Radiation that has a different spectral distribution from that of exposure before development, and whose peak intensity at a wavelength of 313 nm (j-ray) is more than 1/3 of the peak intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm (i-ray). In addition, the upper limit of the peak intensity at a wavelength of 313 nm is not particularly limited, but it is preferably smaller than the peak intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm, more preferably 3/4 or less. (c) Radiation with a different spectral distribution than the exposure before development, including peaks at wavelengths of 405nm (h rays) and 436nm (g rays), and peaks at 313nm (j rays) and 365nm (i rays) The smaller peak intensity of the peak intensity at a wavelength of 405 nm (h ray) or a peak intensity at a wavelength of 436 nm (g ray) is 1/4 or less, preferably 1/10 or less, further preferably 1/20 or less. radiation. In addition, the lower limits of the peak intensities at the wavelength of 313 nm (j-ray) and the wavelength of 365 nm (i-ray) are not particularly limited. At this time, the exposure before development includes radiation with a wavelength of 365 nm (i rays), a wavelength of 405 nm (h rays), and a wavelength of 436 nm (g rays), and the peak intensity at a wavelength of 313 nm (j rays) is relative to the peak intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm (i rays) ), the radiation whose peak intensity does not reach 1/6 is better.

關於顯示這樣的分光特性之放射線,例如,能夠使用顯示如上述般的分光特性之光源、或者能夠對從高壓水銀燈放射之放射線經由紫外線截止濾波器、帶通濾波器獲得。Radiation showing such spectral characteristics can be obtained by, for example, using a light source showing spectral characteristics as described above, or by subjecting radiation emitted from a high-pressure mercury lamp to an ultraviolet cutoff filter or a bandpass filter.

顯影後的曝光中的照射量(曝光量)係0.03~4.0J/cm 2為較佳,0.05~3.5J/cm 2為更佳。顯影前的曝光中所使用之光的波長與顯影後的曝光中所使用之光的波長之差係200nm以下為較佳,100~150nm為更佳。 The irradiation amount (exposure amount) during exposure after development is preferably 0.03 to 4.0 J/cm 2 , and more preferably 0.05 to 3.5 J/cm 2 . The difference between the wavelength of the light used for exposure before development and the wavelength of light used for exposure after development is preferably 200 nm or less, and more preferably 100 to 150 nm.

<顯示裝置> 本發明的顯示裝置具有上述之本發明的膜。作為顯示裝置,可舉出液晶顯示裝置或有機電致發光顯示裝置等。關於顯示裝置的定義或各顯示裝置的詳細內容,例如記載於“電子顯示器設備(佐佐木昭夫著,Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,Ltd.,1990年發行)”、“顯示器設備(伊吹順章著,Sangyo Tosho Publishing Co.,Ltd.,1989年發行)”等。又,關於液晶顯示裝置,例如記載於“下一代液晶顯示器技術(內田龍男編輯,Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,Ltd.,1994年發行)”。對能夠適用本發明之液晶顯示裝置並沒有特別限制,例如能夠適用於上述的“下一代液晶顯示器技術”中所記載之各種方式的液晶顯示裝置。 <Display device> The display device of the present invention has the film of the present invention described above. Examples of the display device include a liquid crystal display device, an organic electroluminescence display device, and the like. The definition of a display device or the details of each display device are described in, for example, "Electronic Display Equipment (by Akio Sasaki, published by Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd., 1990)" and "Display Equipment (by Junaki Ibuki, Sangyo Tosho Publishing Co., Ltd., released in 1989)" etc. Further, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd., 1994)". There is no particular limitation on the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied. For example, the present invention can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology".

又,有機電致發光顯示裝置可以為微顯示器。關於微顯示器的顯示面的對角線的長度,例如能夠設為4英寸以下,亦能夠設為2英寸以下,還能夠設為1英寸以下,還能夠設為0.2英寸以下。作為微顯示器的用途,並無特別限定,但是可舉出電子取景器、智慧眼鏡、頭戴顯示器等。In addition, the organic electroluminescence display device may be a microdisplay. The diagonal length of the display surface of the microdisplay can be, for example, 4 inches or less, 2 inches or less, 1 inch or less, or 0.2 inches or less. The use of the microdisplay is not particularly limited, but examples include electronic viewfinders, smart glasses, head-mounted displays, and the like.

有機電致發光顯示裝置可以為具有包括白色有機電致發光元件之光源者。作為白色有機電致發光元件,串聯(tandem)結構為較佳。關於有機電致發光元件的串聯結構,記載於日本特開2003-045676號公報、三上明義監修、“有機EL技術開發的最前線-高亮度•高精度•長壽命化•技巧集-”、Technical Information Institute Co.,Ltd.、第326頁-第328頁、2008年等。有機EL元件所發出之白色光的光譜係在藍色區域(430nm~485nm)、綠色區域(530nm~580nm)及黃色區域(580nm~620nm)具有較強的極大發光峰者為較佳。除了該等發光峰以外,還在紅色區域(650nm~700nm)具有極大發光峰者為更佳。The organic electroluminescent display device may have a light source including a white organic electroluminescent element. As a white organic electroluminescent element, a tandem structure is preferred. The series structure of organic electroluminescent elements is described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-045676, supervised by Akiyoshi Mikami, "Forefront of Organic EL Technology Development - High Brightness, High Precision, Long Lifetime, and Skill Set-", Technical Information Institute Co., Ltd., pp. 326-328, 2008, etc. The spectrum of the white light emitted by the organic EL element is preferably one with strong maximum luminescence peaks in the blue region (430nm~485nm), green region (530nm~580nm), and yellow region (580nm~620nm). In addition to these luminescence peaks, those having a maximum luminescence peak in the red region (650nm to 700nm) are more preferred.

有機電致發光顯示裝置可以具有濾色器。濾色器可以設置於基底層上。又,將濾色器和白色有機電致發光元件組合,取出3原色光之方式的有機電致發光顯示裝置中,可以設置透明像素,將白色光直接用於發光。如此,還能夠提高顯示裝置的亮度。又,有機電致發光顯示裝置可以在濾色器上具有透鏡。作為透鏡的形狀,能夠採用藉由光學系統設計導出之各種形狀,例如,可舉出凸形、凹形等。例如藉由設為凹形(凹型透鏡)而容易提高光的聚光性。又,透鏡可以與濾色器直接接觸,亦可以在透鏡與濾色器之間設置密接層、平坦化層等其他層。又,透鏡還能夠以國際公開第2018/135189號中所記載之態樣配置而使用。The organic electroluminescent display device may have a color filter. The color filter can be disposed on the base layer. In addition, in an organic electroluminescence display device that combines a color filter and a white organic electroluminescence element to extract light of three primary colors, transparent pixels can be provided to directly use the white light to emit light. In this way, the brightness of the display device can also be improved. Furthermore, the organic electroluminescence display device may have a lens on the color filter. As the shape of the lens, various shapes derived from the design of the optical system can be adopted, and examples thereof include convex shapes, concave shapes, and the like. For example, by using a concave shape (concave lens), the light condensing property can be easily improved. In addition, the lens may be in direct contact with the color filter, or other layers such as a contact layer and a planarization layer may be provided between the lens and the color filter. Moreover, the lens can also be used in the arrangement described in International Publication No. 2018/135189.

<固體攝像元件> 本發明的著色組成物及膜還能夠用於固體攝像元件。作為固體攝像元件的結構,只要係作為固體攝像元件而發揮功能之結構,則並無特別限定,例如可舉出如下結構。 <Solid-state imaging device> The colored composition and film of the present invention can also be used in solid-state imaging elements. The structure of the solid-state imaging element is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a solid-state imaging element. Examples thereof include the following structures.

攝像元件的結構如下:在基板上具有包括構成固體攝像元件(CCD(電荷耦合元件)影像感測器、CMOS(互補型金屬氧化膜半導體)影像感測器等)的受光區域之複數個光電二極體及多晶矽等之傳輸電極,在光電二極體及傳輸電極上具有只有光電二極體的受光部開口之遮光膜,在遮光膜上具有以覆蓋遮光膜整個表面及光電二極體受光部之方式形成之包含氮化矽等之設備保護膜,在設備保護膜上具有濾色器。而且,可以為在設備保護膜上且濾色器的下側(靠近基板的側)具有聚光機構(例如,微透鏡等。以下相同)之結構或在濾色器上具有聚光機構之結構等。又,濾色器的像素可以嵌入到藉由隔壁例如以方格狀隔開之空間。此時的隔壁的折射率比像素的折射率低為較佳。作為具有這樣的結構之攝像裝置的例子,可舉出日本特開2012-227478號公報、日本特開2014-179577號公報、國際公開第2018/043654號、美國專利申請公開第2018/0040656號說明書中所記載之裝置。具備固體攝像元件之攝像裝置除了能夠用作數位相機或具有攝像功能之電子機器(行動電話等)之外,還能夠用作行車紀錄器或監視攝影機。 [實施例] The structure of the imaging element is as follows: on the substrate, there are a plurality of photodiodes including the light-receiving area that constitutes the solid-state imaging element (CCD (Charge Coupled Device) image sensor, CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Film Semiconductor) image sensor, etc.) Transmission electrodes such as polar bodies and polycrystalline silicon have a light-shielding film on the photodiode and the transmission electrode with only the light-receiving part of the photodiode opening, and a light-shielding film covering the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the photodiode light-receiving part. A device protective film containing silicon nitride formed by a method, and has a color filter on the device protective film. Furthermore, the device protective film may be provided with a light condensing mechanism (for example, a microlens, etc.; the same applies below) on the lower side of the color filter (the side closer to the substrate), or the color filter may be provided with a light condensing mechanism. wait. In addition, the pixels of the color filter may be embedded in spaces separated by partition walls, for example, in a grid shape. At this time, it is preferable that the refractive index of the partition wall is lower than the refractive index of the pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-227478, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-179577, International Publication No. 2018/043654, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0040656. devices described in. In addition to being used as digital cameras or electronic devices with camera functions (mobile phones, etc.), imaging devices equipped with solid-state imaging elements can also be used as driving recorders or surveillance cameras. [Example]

以下,舉出實施例對本發明進行具體的說明。以下實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理步驟等,只要不脫離本發明的主旨,則能夠適當變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。Hereinafter, an Example is given and this invention is demonstrated concretely. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, treatment contents, treatment steps, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.

<顏料分散液的製造> (顏料分散液P-G1~P-G8、P1-G10~P-G13、P-G18~P-G21、P-Gr1、P-Gr2) 使用珠磨機(二氧化鋯珠的直徑為0.3mm),經3小時將包含下述表中所記載之顏料1~6、2.5質量份的分散劑1、2.5質量份的分散劑2及80質量份的丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)之混合液進行混合及分散,製備了顏料分散液。其後,進而使用附減壓機構之高壓分散機(NANO-3000-10、Nippon BEE Co.,Ltd.製造),在2000kg/cm 2的壓力下以流量500g/min進行了分散處理。將該分散處理重複進行10次,製造了各顏料分散液。 <Manufacture of Pigment Dispersion> (Pigment dispersion P-G1 to P-G8, P1-G10 to P-G13, P-G18 to P-G21, P-Gr1, P-Gr2) Use a bead mill (dioxide The diameter of the zirconium beads is 0.3 mm), and after 3 hours, the pigments 1 to 6 listed in the following table, 2.5 parts by mass of dispersant 1, 2.5 parts by mass of dispersant 2 and 80 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether The mixture of acetate (PGMEA) was mixed and dispersed to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, a high-pressure disperser with a pressure reducing mechanism (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) was used to perform dispersion processing at a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion process was repeated 10 times, and each pigment dispersion liquid was produced.

(顏料分散液P-G15~P-G17) 使用珠磨機(二氧化鋯珠的直徑為0.3mm),經3小時將包含下述表中所記載之顏料1~4、2.5質量份的分散劑1、2.5質量份的分散劑2、0.01質量份的化合物A及80質量份的丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)之混合液進行混合及分散,製備了顏料分散液。其後,進而使用附減壓機構之高壓分散機(NANO-3000-10、Nippon BEE Co.,Ltd.製造),在2000kg/cm 2的壓力下以流量500g/min進行了分散處理。將該分散處理重複進行10次,製造了各顏料分散液。 (Pigment dispersion P-G15 to P-G17) Using a bead mill (the diameter of the zirconium dioxide beads is 0.3 mm), disperse 1 to 4, 2.5 parts by mass of the pigments listed in the table below over 3 hours. A mixture of agent 1, 2.5 parts by mass of dispersant 2, 0.01 parts by mass of compound A and 80 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) was mixed and dispersed to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, a high-pressure disperser with a pressure reducing mechanism (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) was used to perform dispersion processing at a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion process was repeated 10 times, and each pigment dispersion liquid was produced.

(顏料分散液P-G22) 使用珠磨機(二氧化鋯珠的直徑為0.3mm),經3小時將包含下述表中所記載之顏料1~4、1.0質量份的衍生物1、2.0質量份的分散劑1、2.0質量份的分散劑2及80質量份的丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)之混合液進行混合及分散,製備了顏料分散液。其後,進而使用附減壓機構之高壓分散機(NANO-3000-10、Nippon BEE Co.,Ltd.製造),在2000kg/cm 2的壓力下以流量500g/min進行了分散處理。將該分散處理重複進行10次,製造了顏料分散液P-G22。 (Pigment dispersion P-G22) Using a bead mill (the diameter of the zirconium dioxide beads is 0.3 mm), the derivatives 1 and 2.0 containing the pigments 1 to 4 and 1.0 parts by mass of the pigments listed in the following table were added over 3 hours. A mixture of dispersant 1, 2.0 parts by mass and 80 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) was mixed and dispersed to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, a high-pressure disperser with a pressure reducing mechanism (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) was used to perform dispersion processing at a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion process was repeated 10 times, and pigment dispersion liquid P-G22 was produced.

(顏料分散液P-G23) 使用珠磨機(二氧化鋯珠的直徑為0.3mm),經3小時將包含下述表中所記載之顏料1~4、1.0質量份的衍生物2、2.0質量份的分散劑1、2.0質量份的分散劑2及80質量份的丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)之混合液進行混合及分散,製備了顏料分散液。其後,進而使用附減壓機構之高壓分散機(NANO-3000-10、Nippon BEE Co.,Ltd.製造),在2000kg/cm 2的壓力下以流量500g/min進行了分散處理。將該分散處理重複進行10次,製造了顏料分散液P-G23。 (Pigment dispersion P-G23) Using a bead mill (the diameter of the zirconium dioxide beads is 0.3 mm), the derivatives 2 and 2.0 containing the pigments 1 to 4 and 1.0 parts by mass of the pigments listed in the following table were added over 3 hours. A mixture of dispersant 1, 2.0 parts by mass and 80 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) was mixed and dispersed to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, a high-pressure disperser with a pressure reducing mechanism (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) was used to perform dispersion processing at a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion process was repeated 10 times, and pigment dispersion liquid P-G23 was produced.

(顏料分散液P-G24) 使用珠磨機(二氧化鋯珠的直徑為0.3mm),經3小時將包含下述表中所記載之顏料1~4、2.0質量份的分散劑1、2.0質量份的分散劑2、1.0質量份的分散劑3及80質量份的丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)之混合液進行混合及分散,製備了顏料分散液。其後,進而使用附減壓機構之高壓分散機(NANO-3000-10、Nippon BEE Co.,Ltd.製造),在2000kg/cm 2的壓力下以流量500g/min進行了分散處理。將該分散處理重複進行10次,製造了顏料分散液P-G24。 (Pigment dispersion P-G24) Using a bead mill (the diameter of the zirconium dioxide beads is 0.3 mm), dispersants 1 and 2.0 containing the pigments 1 to 4 and 2.0 parts by mass described in the following table were added over 3 hours. A mixture of dispersant 2, 1.0 parts by mass and 80 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) was mixed and dispersed to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, a high-pressure disperser with a pressure reducing mechanism (NANO-3000-10, manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) was used to perform dispersion processing at a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion process was repeated 10 times, and pigment dispersion liquid P-G24 was produced.

分散劑1:下述結構的樹脂(鹼性樹脂。聚(甲基)丙烯酸結構的嵌段共聚物。在主鏈上標記之數值為質量比。胺值為71mgKOH/g,重量平均分子量為9900) [化學式26] 分散劑2:下述結構的樹脂(具有芳香族羧基之樹脂。酸值為43mgKOH/g,重量平均分子量為9000) [化學式27] 分散劑3:藉由以下方法合成之樹脂(具有磷酸基之樹脂,酸值為166mgKOH/g) 在具備氮氣導入管、電容器、攪拌機之反應容器中裝入月桂醇186g、ε-己內酯單體571g、四丁基鈦酸酯0.6g,用氮氣取代之後,在120℃下加熱並攪拌了3小時。藉由將四氫呋喃作為溶離液之GPC(凝膠滲透層析法)的RI(差示折射)檢測器而確認了己內酯單體的消失。冷卻至40℃以下之後,與正磷酸換算含量為116%的多磷酸84.5g進行混合,逐漸升溫,在80℃下經6小時一邊攪拌一邊加熱而獲得了樹脂。 Dispersant 1: Resin with the following structure (alkaline resin. Block copolymer with poly(meth)acrylic acid structure. The value marked on the main chain is the mass ratio. The amine value is 71 mgKOH/g, and the weight average molecular weight is 9900 ) [Chemical formula 26] Dispersant 2: Resin with the following structure (resin with aromatic carboxyl group. Acid value: 43 mgKOH/g, weight average molecular weight: 9000) [Chemical Formula 27] Dispersant 3: Resin synthesized by the following method (resin with phosphate group, acid value: 166mgKOH/g). Put 186g of lauryl alcohol and ε-caprolactone monomer into a reaction vessel equipped with a nitrogen inlet pipe, a capacitor, and a stirrer. After replacing 571 g of monomer and 0.6 g of tetrabutyl titanate with nitrogen, the mixture was heated and stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours. The disappearance of the caprolactone monomer was confirmed by the RI (differential refraction) detector of GPC (gel permeation chromatography) using tetrahydrofuran as the eluent. After cooling to 40° C. or less, the mixture was mixed with 84.5 g of polyphosphoric acid having a content of 116% in terms of orthophosphoric acid, and the temperature was gradually raised, and the mixture was heated with stirring at 80° C. for 6 hours to obtain a resin.

化合物A:下述結構的化合物 [化學式28] Compound A: A compound with the following structure [Chemical Formula 28]

衍生物1:下述結構的化合物 [化學式29] 衍生物2:下述結構的化合物 [化學式30] Derivative 1: Compound with the following structure [Chemical Formula 29] Derivative 2: Compound with the following structure [Chemical Formula 30]

[表1] 顏料分散液 顏料1 顏料2 顏料3 顏料4 顏料5 顏料6 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 P-G1 PB15:4 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G2 PB15:3 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G3 AlPc1 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G4 AlPc2 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G5 AlPc3 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G6 AlPc4 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G7 AlPc5 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G8 PB15:4 2.77 PG36 7.51 PY185 4.28 PY139 0.44 - - - - P-G10 PG62 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G11 PG63 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G12 PB15:3 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 5.68 - - - - - - P-G13 PB15:3 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY139 5.68 - - - - - - P-G15 PB16 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G16 PB15:4 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G17 PG62 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G18 PB15:4 2.06 PG36 6.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 PG7 1.00 - - P-G19 PG63 2.06 PG36 6.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 PG7 1.00 - - P-G20 PB15:4 2.06 PG36 6.26 PY185 2.00 PY139 3.00 PG7 1.00 PY150 0.68 P-G21 AlPc1 2.06 PG36 6.26 PY185 2.00 PY139 3.00 PG7 1.00 PY150 0.68 P-G22 PB15:4 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G23 PB15:4 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G24 PB15:4 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-Gr1 AlPc1 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY138 5.68 - - - - - - P-Gr2 PB15:4 0.82 PG36 11.15 PY139 1.26 PY150 1.77 - - - - [Table 1] Pigment dispersion Pigment 1 Pigment 2 Pigment 3 Pigment 4 Pigment 5 Pigment 6 Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass Kind parts by mass P-G1 PB15:4 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G2 PB15:3 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G3 AlPc1 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G4 AlPc2 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G5 AlPc3 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G6 AlPc4 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G7 AlPc5 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G8 PB15:4 2.77 PG36 7.51 PY185 4.28 PY139 0.44 - - - - P-G10 PG62 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G11 PG63 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G12 PB15:3 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 5.68 - - - - - - P-G13 PB15:3 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY139 5.68 - - - - - - P-G15 PB16 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G16 PB15:4 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G17 PG62 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G18 PB15:4 2.06 PG36 6.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 PG7 1.00 - - P-G19 PG63 2.06 PG36 6.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 PG7 1.00 - - P-G20 PB15:4 2.06 PG36 6.26 PY185 2.00 PY139 3.00 PG7 1.00 PY150 0.68 P-G21 AlPc1 2.06 PG36 6.26 PY185 2.00 PY139 3.00 PG7 1.00 PY150 0.68 P-G22 PB15:4 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G23 PB15:4 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-G24 PB15:4 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY185 2.41 PY139 3.27 - - - - P-Gr1 AlPc1 2.06 PG36 7.26 PY138 5.68 - - - - - - P-Gr2 PB15:4 0.82 PG36 11.15 PY139 1.26 PY150 1.77 - - - -

PB15:3:比色指數顏料藍15:3(銅酞青化合物) PB15:4:比色指數顏料藍15:4(銅酞青化合物) PB16:比色指數顏料藍16(銅酞青化合物) PG7:比色指數顏料綠7(銅酞青化合物) PG36:比色指數顏料綠36(銅酞青化合物) PG62:比色指數顏料綠62(鋁酞青化合物) PG63:比色指數顏料綠63(鋁酞青化合物) PY138:比色指數顏料黃138(喹啉黃化合物、黃色顏料) PY139:比色指數顏料黃139(異吲哚啉化合物、黃色顏料) PY150:比色指數顏料黃150(偶氮鎳錯合物、黃色顏料) PY185:比色指數顏料黃185(異吲哚啉化合物、黃色顏料) AlPc1:下述結構的化合物(鋁酞青化合物) [化學式31] AlPc2:下述結構的化合物(鋁酞青化合物) [化學式32] AlPc3:下述結構的化合物(鋁酞青化合物) [化學式33] AlPc4:下述結構的化合物(鋁酞青化合物) [化學式34] AlPc5:下述結構的化合物(萘酞青化合物) [化學式35] PB15:3: Colorimetric Index Pigment Blue 15:3 (Copper Phthalocyanine Compound) PB15:4: Colorimetric Index Pigment Blue 15:4 (Copper Phthalocyanine Compound) PB16: Colorimetric Index Pigment Blue 16 (Copper Phthalocyanine Compound) PG7: Colorimetric Index Pigment Green 7 (Copper Phthalocyanine Compound) PG36: Colorimetric Index Pigment Green 36 (Copper Phthalocyanine Compound) PG62: Colorimetric Index Pigment Green 62 (Aluminum Phthalocyanine Compound) PG63: Colorimetric Index Pigment Green 63 (Aluminum phthalocyanine compound) PY138: Colorimetric index Pigment Yellow 138 (quinoline yellow compound, yellow pigment) PY139: Colorimetric index Pigment Yellow 139 (isoindoline compound, yellow pigment) PY150: Colorimetric index Pigment Yellow 150 ( Nickel azo complex, yellow pigment) PY185: Colorimetric index Pigment Yellow 185 (isoindoline compound, yellow pigment) AlPc1: Compound with the following structure (aluminum phthalocyanine compound) [Chemical Formula 31] AlPc2: Compound with the following structure (aluminum phthalocyanine compound) [Chemical Formula 32] AlPc3: Compound with the following structure (aluminum phthalocyanine compound) [Chemical Formula 33] AlPc4: Compound with the following structure (aluminum phthalocyanine compound) [Chemical Formula 34] AlPc5: Compound with the following structure (naphthalocyanine compound) [Chemical Formula 35]

<著色組成物之製造> 將下述表中所記載之原料進行混合,並進行攪拌之後,使用孔徑為0.45μm的尼龍製過濾器(Nihon Pall Ltd.製造)進行過濾而製造了著色組成物。摻合量一欄中所記載之數值的單位為質量份。又,將相對於PB15:3、PB15:4、鋁酞青化合物及萘酞青化合物的合計100質量份之異吲哚啉化合物的含量記載於“含量1”一欄中,將黃色著色劑中的異吲哚啉化合物的含量記載於“含量2”一欄中,將各著色組成物的總固體成分中的著色劑的含量記載於“著色劑含量”一欄中。 <Manufacture of coloring composition> The raw materials described in the following table were mixed and stirred, and then filtered using a nylon filter (manufactured by Nihon Pall Ltd.) with a pore size of 0.45 μm to produce a coloring composition. The unit of the numerical value recorded in the blending amount column is parts by mass. In addition, the content of the isoindoline compound based on 100 parts by mass of the total of PB15:3, PB15:4, the aluminum phthalocyanine compound, and the naphthalocyanine compound is recorded in the "Content 1" column, and the yellow colorant is The content of the isoindoline compound is recorded in the "Content 2" column, and the content of the colorant in the total solid content of each coloring composition is recorded in the "Coloring Agent Content" column.

[表2]    顏料分散液 光聚合起始劑 樹脂 聚合性單體 界面活性劑 溶劑 含量1 (質量份) 含量2 (質量%) 著色劑含量 (質量%) 種類 摻合量 種類1 摻合量 種類2 摻合量 種類 摻合量 種類 摻合量 種類 摻合量 種類 摻合量 實施例1 P-G1 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例2 P-G2 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例3 P-G3 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例4 P-G4 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例5 P-G5 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例6 P-G6 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例7 P-G7 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例8 P-G8 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S2 16.0 170 100 60 實施例9 P-G10 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例10 P-G11 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例11 P-G12 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例12 P-G13 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例13 P-G1 80.0 I3 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例14 P-G1 80.0 I4 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例15 P-G1 80.0 I5 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例16 P-G1 80.0 I6 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例17 P-G1 80.0 I8 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例18 P-G1 80.0 I1 1.00 I2 0.50 B1 0.50 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例19 P-G1 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M2 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例20 P-G1 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M3 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 [表3]    顏料分散液 光聚合起始劑 樹脂 聚合性單體 界面活性劑 溶劑 含量1 (質量份) 含量2 (質量%) 著色劑含量 (質量%) 種類 摻合量 種類1 摻合量 種類2 摻合量 種類 摻合量 種類 摻合量 種類 摻合量 種類 摻合量 實施例21 P-G1 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M4 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例22 P-G1 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M5 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例23 P-G1 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B2 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例24 P-G8 80.0 I7 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M5 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 170 100 60 實施例25 P-G2 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G2 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例26 P-G2 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G3 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例27 P-G1 67.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 3.66 M1 2.00 G3 0.001 S1 26.3 276 100 50 實施例28 P-G1 86.7 I1 1.00 - - B1 0.27 M1 1.40 G3 0.001 S1 10.6 276 100 65 實施例29 P-G2 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 B2 0.5 0.5 M1 2.00 G3 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例30 P-G1 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G3 0.001 S1 S2 8.0 8.0 276 100 60 實施例31 P-G15 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例32 P-G16 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例33 P-G17 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例34 P-G18 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例35 P-G19 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例36 P-G20 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 88 60 實施例37 P-G21 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 88 60 實施例38 P-G22 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例39 P-G23 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 實施例40 P-G24 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 比較例1 P-Gr1 80.0 I7 1.00    - B1 1.00 M5 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 0 0 60 比較例2 P-Gr2 80.0 I7 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M5 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 154 42 60 [Table 2] Pigment dispersion Photopolymerization initiator Resin polymerizable monomer surfactant Solvent Content 1 (mass parts) Content 2 (mass %) Colorant content (mass%) Kind Blending amount Category 1 Blending amount Category 2 Blending amount Kind Blending amount Kind Blending amount Kind Blending amount Kind Blending amount Example 1 P-G1 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 2 P-G2 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 3 P-G3 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 4 P-G4 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 5 P-G5 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 6 P-G6 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 7 P-G7 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 8 P-G8 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S2 16.0 170 100 60 Example 9 P-G10 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 10 P-G11 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 11 P-G12 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 12 P-G13 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 13 P-G1 80.0 I3 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 14 P-G1 80.0 I4 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 15 P-G1 80.0 I5 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 16 P-G1 80.0 I6 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 17 P-G1 80.0 I8 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 18 P-G1 80.0 I1 1.00 I2 0.50 B1 0.50 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 19 P-G1 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M2 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 20 P-G1 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M3 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 [table 3] Pigment dispersion Photopolymerization initiator Resin polymerizable monomer surfactant Solvent Content 1 (mass parts) Content 2 (mass %) Colorant content (mass %) Kind Blending amount Category 1 Blending amount Category 2 Blending amount Kind Blending amount Kind Blending amount Kind Blending amount Kind Blending amount Example 21 P-G1 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M4 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 22 P-G1 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M5 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 23 P-G1 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B2 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 24 P-G8 80.0 I7 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M5 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 170 100 60 Example 25 P-G2 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G2 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 26 P-G2 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G3 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 27 P-G1 67.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 3.66 M1 2.00 G3 0.001 S1 26.3 276 100 50 Example 28 P-G1 86.7 I1 1.00 - - B1 0.27 M1 1.40 G3 0.001 S1 10.6 276 100 65 Example 29 P-G2 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 B2 0.5 0.5 M1 2.00 G3 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 30 P-G1 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G3 0.001 S1 S2 8.0 8.0 276 100 60 Example 31 P-G15 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 32 P-G16 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 33 P-G17 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 34 P-G18 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 35 P-G19 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 36 P-G20 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 88 60 Example 37 P-G21 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 88 60 Example 38 P-G22 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 39 P-G23 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Example 40 P-G24 80.0 I1 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M1 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 276 100 60 Comparative example 1 P-Gr1 80.0 I7 1.00 - B1 1.00 M5 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 0 0 60 Comparative example 2 P-Gr2 80.0 I7 1.00 - - B1 1.00 M5 2.00 G1 0.001 S1 16.0 154 42 60

上述表中,以縮寫記載之原料的詳細內容如下。The details of the raw materials described with abbreviations in the above table are as follows.

(顏料分散液) P-G1~P-G8、P-G10~P-G13、P-G15~P-G24、P-Gr1、P-Gr2:上述之顏料分散液P-G1~P-G8、P-G10~P-G13、P-G15~P-G24、P-Gr1、P-Gr2 (Pigment dispersion) P-G1~P-G8, P-G10~P-G13, P-G15~P-G24, P-Gr1, P-Gr2: the above pigment dispersion P-G1~P-G8, P-G10~P -G13, P-G15~P-G24, P-Gr1, P-Gr2

(光聚合起始劑) I1:Irgacure OXE04(BASF公司製造) I2:Irgacure 2959(BASF公司製造) I3:Irgacure OXE01(BASF公司製造) I4:Irgacure OXE02(BASF公司製造) I5:Irgacure OXE03(BASF公司製造) I6:NCI-831(ADEKA CORPORATION製造) I7:KAYACURE DETX-S(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造) I8:下述結構的化合物 [化學式36] (Photopolymerization initiator) I1: Irgacure OXE04 (manufactured by BASF) I2: Irgacure 2959 (manufactured by BASF) I3: Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) I4: Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF) I5: Irgacure OXE03 (manufactured by BASF) (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) I6: NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) I7: KAYACURE DETX-S (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) I8: A compound with the following structure [Chemical Formula 36]

(樹脂) B1:下述結構的樹脂(重量平均分子量為13000,在主鏈標記之數值為重複單元的莫耳比) [化學式37] B2:藉由以下方法合成之樹脂 向分離式4口燒瓶安裝有溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、滴加管及攪拌裝置之反應容器中裝入環己酮196質量份,升溫至80℃,用氮氣置換反應容器內之後,藉由滴加管經2小時滴加了甲基丙烯酸正丁酯37.2質量份、甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯12.9質量份、甲基丙烯酸12.0質量份、對枯基苯酚環氧乙烷改質丙烯酸酯(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造的“ARONIX M110”)20.7質量份及2,2’-偶氮雙異丁腈1.1質量份的混合物。滴加結束之後,進而持續進行3小時反應之後,冷卻至室溫而獲得了下述結構的樹脂。重量平均分子量(Mw)為26000。 [化學式38] (Resin) B1: Resin with the following structure (weight average molecular weight is 13000, the value marked on the main chain is the molar ratio of the repeating unit) [Chemical Formula 37] B2: The resin synthesized by the following method is put into a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dripping tube and a stirring device in a separate 4-neck flask, and 196 parts by mass of cyclohexanone are placed in it, and the temperature is raised to 80°C. After replacing the inside of the reaction vessel with nitrogen, 37.2 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate, 12.9 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 12.0 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, and paraben were added dropwise through a dropping tube over 2 hours. A mixture of 20.7 parts by mass of phenol ethylene oxide modified acrylate ("ARONIX M110" manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) and 1.1 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile. After completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued for another 3 hours, and then cooled to room temperature to obtain a resin with the following structure. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) is 26,000. [Chemical formula 38]

(聚合性單體) M1:下述結構的化合物(a+b+c=3) M2:下述結構的化合物(a+b+c=4) M3:下述結構的化合物的混合物(a+b+c=5的化合物:a+b+c=5的化合物=3:1(莫耳比)) [化學式39] M4:下述結構的化合物 [化學式40] M5:下述結構的化合物 [化學式41] (Polymerizable monomer) M1: A compound of the following structure (a+b+c=3) M2: A compound of the following structure (a+b+c=4) M3: A mixture of compounds of the following structure (a+ Compounds with b+c=5: Compounds with a+b+c=5=3:1 (mol ratio)) [Chemical Formula 39] M4: Compound with the following structure [Chemical Formula 40] M5: Compound with the following structure [Chemical Formula 41]

(界面活性劑) G1:矽酮系界面活性劑(BYK-330,BYK Chemie公司製造) G2:矽酮系界面活性劑(FZ-2122,Dow Toray Co.,Ltd.製造) G3:氟系界面活性劑(MEGAFACE F-551,DIC Corporation製造) (surfactant) G1: Silicone surfactant (BYK-330, manufactured by BYK Chemie) G2: Silicone surfactant (FZ-2122, manufactured by Dow Toray Co., Ltd.) G3: Fluorine-based surfactant (MEGAFACE F-551, manufactured by DIC Corporation)

(溶劑) S1:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA) S2:環己酮 (solvent) S1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) S2: cyclohexanone

<耐濕性的評價> 使用旋塗機,將上述製造之著色組成物塗佈於玻璃基板上,以使乾燥後的成品膜厚成為1.2μm,並在100℃的加熱板上乾燥了2分鐘。其後,使用超高壓水銀燈,在曝光照度為20mW/cm 2、曝光量為1J/cm 2的條件下實施了i射線曝光。接著,在100℃的加熱板上加熱20分鐘,並進行自然冷卻,而形成了膜。 對所獲得之膜實施了在85℃、相對濕度85%的條件下暴露1000小時之高溫高濕試驗。並且,測量高溫多濕試驗前後的波長400~1100nm的範圍內的透射率,按每個測量波長計算透射率的變化率,求出透射率的變化率的最大值,按以下標準對耐濕性進行了評價。 對各試樣進行5次透射率之測量,並採用了除去了最大值和最小值之3次結果的平均值。又,透射率的變化量的最大值係指高溫高濕試驗前後的膜在波長400~1100nm的範圍內的透射率的變化量最大的波長下的變化量。將評價結果示於下述表。 5:透射率的變化量的最大值為1%以下 4:透射率的變化量的最大值大於1%且2%以下 3:透射率的變化量的最大值大於2%且3%以下 2:透射率的變化量的最大值大於3%且4%以下 1:透射率的變化量的最大值大於4% <Evaluation of Moisture Resistance> The colored composition produced above was applied to a glass substrate using a spin coater so that the finished film thickness after drying would be 1.2 μm, and dried on a hot plate at 100°C for 2 minutes. . Thereafter, i-ray exposure was performed using an ultrahigh-pressure mercury lamp under the conditions of exposure illumination intensity of 20 mW/cm 2 and exposure amount of 1 J/cm 2 . Next, the film was heated on a hot plate at 100° C. for 20 minutes and naturally cooled to form a film. The obtained film was subjected to a high-temperature and high-humidity test under conditions of 85° C. and 85% relative humidity for 1,000 hours. In addition, the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1100 nm was measured before and after the high temperature and humidity test, the change rate of the transmittance was calculated for each measurement wavelength, the maximum value of the change rate of the transmittance was found, and the humidity resistance was evaluated according to the following standards evaluated. The transmittance was measured five times for each sample, and the average of the three results excluding the maximum and minimum values was used. In addition, the maximum value of the change amount of transmittance refers to the change amount at the wavelength where the change amount of transmittance of the film before and after the high-temperature and high-humidity test is the largest in the wavelength range of 400 to 1100 nm. The evaluation results are shown in the following table. 5: The maximum value of the change in transmittance is 1% or less 4: The maximum value of the change in transmittance is greater than 1% and less than 2% 3: The maximum value of the change in transmittance is greater than 2% and less than 3% 2: The maximum value of the change in transmittance is greater than 3% and less than 4%1: The maximum value of the change in transmittance is greater than 4%

[表4]    耐濕性 實施例1 5 實施例2 5 實施例3 5 實施例4 5 實施例5 5 實施例6 5 實施例7 5 實施例8 3 實施例9 5 實施例10 5 實施例11 3 實施例12 3 實施例13 4 實施例14 4 實施例15 4 實施例16 4 實施例17 4 實施例18 5 實施例19 5 實施例20 5 實施例21 5 實施例22 3 實施例23 4 實施例24 3 實施例25 5 實施例26 5 實施例27 5 實施例28 4 實施例29 5 實施例30 5 實施例31 5 實施例32 5 實施例33 5 實施例34 4 實施例35 4 實施例36 4 實施例37 4 實施例38 5 實施例39 5 實施例40 5 比較例1 2 比較例2 2 [Table 4] Moisture resistance Example 1 5 Example 2 5 Example 3 5 Example 4 5 Example 5 5 Example 6 5 Example 7 5 Example 8 3 Example 9 5 Example 10 5 Example 11 3 Example 12 3 Example 13 4 Example 14 4 Example 15 4 Example 16 4 Example 17 4 Example 18 5 Example 19 5 Example 20 5 Example 21 5 Example 22 3 Example 23 4 Example 24 3 Example 25 5 Example 26 5 Example 27 5 Example 28 4 Example 29 5 Example 30 5 Example 31 5 Example 32 5 Example 33 5 Example 34 4 Example 35 4 Example 36 4 Example 37 4 Example 38 5 Example 39 5 Example 40 5 Comparative example 1 2 Comparative example 2 2

如上述表所示,實施例與比較例相比,耐濕性的評價均優異。As shown in the above table, the Examples were both excellent in evaluation of moisture resistance compared with the Comparative Examples.

又,關於實施例1~實施例40的著色組成物,相對於波長400~700nm的光之吸光度中在波長526~545nm的範圍內具有吸光度的最小值,將相對於波長450nm的光之吸光度設為1時,吸光度成為0.20之波長分別存在於490~525nm的範圍內和550~590nm的範圍內,相對於波長450nm的光之吸光度A 450與相對於波長650nm的光之吸光度A 650之比亦即A 450/A 650為0.40~2.00。 Moreover, regarding the colored compositions of Examples 1 to 40, the absorbance with respect to light with a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm has the minimum value of the absorbance in the range of 526 to 545 nm. The absorbance with respect to the light with a wavelength of 450 nm is set to When it is 1, the wavelengths at which the absorbance becomes 0.20 exist in the range of 490 to 525 nm and in the range of 550 to 590 nm respectively. The ratio of the absorbance A 450 for light with a wavelength of 450 nm and the absorbance A 650 for light with a wavelength of 650 nm is also That is, A 450 /A 650 is 0.40~2.00.

<濾色器的製造> 藉由旋塗法,在直徑為8英寸(20.32cm)的矽晶圓的表面上塗佈了綠色像素形成用著色組成物,以使製膜後的膜厚成為1.2μm。接著,使用加熱板,在100℃下加熱了120秒鐘。接著,使用i射線步進曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(Canon Inc.製造),經由具有圖案之遮罩以200mJ/cm 2的曝光量進行照射並進行了曝光。接著,使用氫氧化四甲基銨0.3質量%水溶液,在23℃下進行了60秒鐘的旋覆浸沒顯影。其後,藉由旋轉噴淋進行沖洗,進而用純水進行了水洗。接著,使用加熱板,在100℃下加熱900秒鐘,藉此形成了綠色的著色圖案(綠色像素)。同樣地,使用紅色像素形成用著色組成物、藍色像素形成用著色組成物依序進行圖案化,分別形成紅色的著色圖案(紅色像素)、藍色的著色圖案(藍色像素)而製造了濾色器。 關於綠色像素形成用著色組成物,使用了實施例1~實施例40的著色組成物。 關於紅色像素形成用著色組成物,使用了以下所示之紅色像素形成用著色組成物1。 關於藍色像素形成用著色組成物,使用了以下所示之藍色像素形成用著色組成物1或藍色像素形成用著色組成物2。 依據公知的方法將所獲得之濾色器組裝到有機電致發光顯示裝置中。該有機電致發光顯示裝置具有較佳的圖像識別能力。 <Manufacture of Color Filter> A green pixel-forming coloring composition was applied to the surface of a silicon wafer with a diameter of 8 inches (20.32cm) by spin coating so that the film thickness after film formation would be 1.2 μm. Next, using a hot plate, it was heated at 100°C for 120 seconds. Next, i-ray stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.) was used to irradiate and expose at an exposure dose of 200 mJ/cm 2 through a mask having a pattern. Next, spin immersion development was performed at 23° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide. Thereafter, it was rinsed by rotating spray and further washed with pure water. Next, a hot plate was used to heat at 100° C. for 900 seconds, thereby forming a green coloring pattern (green pixels). Similarly, the red pixel-forming coloring composition and the blue pixel-forming coloring composition were sequentially patterned to form a red coloring pattern (red pixel) and a blue coloring pattern (blue pixel), respectively. Color filters. Regarding the coloring composition for green pixel formation, the coloring compositions of Examples 1 to 40 were used. Regarding the coloring composition for red pixel formation, the coloring composition 1 for red pixel formation shown below was used. Regarding the coloring composition for forming blue pixels, the coloring composition for forming blue pixels 1 or the coloring composition for forming blue pixels 2 shown below was used. The obtained color filter is assembled into an organic electroluminescent display device according to a known method. The organic electroluminescent display device has better image recognition capability.

(紅色像素形成用著色組成物1) 混合下述成分,並進行攪拌之後,用孔徑為0.45μm的尼龍製過濾器(Nihon Pall Ltd.製造)進行過濾,製備了紅色像素形成用著色組成物1。 紅色顏料分散液1……60.31質量份 光聚合起始劑1……0.83質量份 光聚合起始劑2……0.58質量份 樹脂1……3.26質量份 聚合性單體1……0.83質量份 聚合性單體2……0.83質量份 界面活性劑1……0.004質量份 丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)……16.68質量份 環戊酮……16.68質量份 (Coloring composition for red pixel formation 1) The following components were mixed and stirred, and then filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nihon Pall Ltd.) with a pore size of 0.45 μm, to prepare a coloring composition 1 for red pixel formation. Red pigment dispersion 1...60.31 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator 1...0.83 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator 2...0.58 parts by mass Resin 1...3.26 parts by mass Polymerizable monomer 1...0.83 parts by mass Polymerizable monomer 2...0.83 parts by mass Surfactant 1...0.004 parts by mass Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)......16.68 parts by mass Cyclopentanone...16.68 parts by mass

(藍色像素形成用著色組成物1) 混合下述成分,並進行攪拌之後,用孔徑為0.45μm的尼龍製過濾器(Nihon Pall Ltd.製造)進行過濾,製備了藍色像素形成用著色組成物1。 藍色顏料分散液1……56.7質量份 紫色染料溶液1……16.28質量份 光聚合起始劑3……1.19質量份 光聚合起始劑2……0.64質量份 樹脂1……0.93質量份 聚合性單體3……2.97質量份 環氧化合物1……1.40質量份 界面活性劑1……0.006質量份 環己酮……19.89質量份 (Coloring composition for forming blue pixels 1) The following components were mixed and stirred, and then filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nihon Pall Ltd.) with a pore size of 0.45 μm, to prepare a coloring composition 1 for forming blue pixels. Blue pigment dispersion 1...56.7 parts by mass Purple dye solution 1...16.28 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator 3...1.19 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator 2...0.64 parts by mass Resin 1...0.93 parts by mass Polymerizable monomer 3...2.97 parts by mass Epoxy compound 1...1.40 parts by mass Surfactant 1...0.006 parts by mass Cyclohexanone……19.89 parts by mass

(藍色像素形成用著色組成物2) 混合下述成分,並進行攪拌之後,用孔徑為0.45μm的尼龍製過濾器(Nihon Pall Ltd.製造)進行過濾,製備了藍色像素形成用著色組成物1。 藍色顏料分散液2……53.8質量份 光聚合起始劑3……1.20質量份 光聚合起始劑4……0.80質量份 樹脂1……3.60質量份 聚合性單體1……1.56質量份 聚合性單體2……3.64質量份 界面活性劑1……0.006質量份 PGMEA……35.4質量份 (Coloring composition 2 for forming blue pixels) The following components were mixed and stirred, and then filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nihon Pall Ltd.) with a pore size of 0.45 μm, to prepare a coloring composition 1 for forming blue pixels. Blue pigment dispersion 2...53.8 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator 3...1.20 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator 4...0.80 parts by mass Resin 1...3.60 parts by mass Polymerizable monomer 1...1.56 parts by mass Polymerizable monomer 2...3.64 parts by mass Surfactant 1...0.006 parts by mass PGMEA……35.4 parts by mass

用於各像素形成用著色組成物之材料如下。The materials used for the coloring composition for forming each pixel are as follows.

紅色顏料分散液1:藉由以下方法製備之紅色顏料分散液1 藉由珠磨機(二氧化鋯珠的直徑為0.3mm),經3小時將包含10.68質量份的C.I.顏料紅264、2.82質量份的C.I.顏料黃139、1.50質量份的顏料衍生物1、5.25質量份的分散劑1、80.00質量份的PGMEA之混合液進行混合及分散,從而製備了顏料分散液。其後,進而使用附減壓機構之高壓分散機NANO-3000-10(Nippon BEE Co.,Ltd.製造),在2000kg/cm 2的壓力下以流量500g/min進行了分散處理。將該分散處理重複進行10次,獲得了紅色顏料分散液1。 顏料衍生物1:下述結構的化合物 [化學式42] 分散劑1:下述結構的樹脂(標註在主鏈的括號之數值表示各重複單元的莫耳比,標註在側鏈的括號之數值表示重複單元的重複數。重量平均分子量為20000。) [化學式43] Red Pigment Dispersion 1: Red Pigment Dispersion 1 prepared by the following method: Using a bead mill (the diameter of the zirconium dioxide beads is 0.3 mm), CI Pigment Red 264 containing 10.68 parts by mass and 2.82 parts by mass were processed over 3 hours. A mixture of CI Pigment Yellow 139, 1.50 parts by mass of Pigment Derivative 1, 5.25 parts by mass of Dispersant 1, and 80.00 parts by mass of PGMEA was mixed and dispersed to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 with a pressure reducing mechanism (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) was used to perform dispersion processing at a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times, and red pigment dispersion 1 was obtained. Pigment Derivative 1: Compound with the following structure [Chemical Formula 42] Dispersant 1: Resin with the following structure (The value in parentheses marked on the main chain represents the molar ratio of each repeating unit, and the value in parentheses marked on the side chain represents the number of repeating units. The weight average molecular weight is 20,000.) [ Chemical formula 43]

藍色顏料分散液1:藉由以下方法製備之藍色顏料分散液1 藉由珠磨機(二氧化鋯珠的直徑為0.3mm),經3小時將包含10.00質量份的C.I.顏料藍15:6、3.50質量份的分散劑2、86.50質量份的PGMEA之混合液進行混合及分散,製備了顏料分散液。其後,進而使用附減壓機構之高壓分散機NANO-3000-10(Nippon BEE Co.,Ltd.製造),在2000kg/cm 2的壓力下以流量500g/min進行了分散處理。將該分散處理重複進行10次,獲得了藍色顏料分散液1。 分散劑2:下述結構的樹脂(標註在主鏈的括號之數值表示各重複單元的莫耳比。重量平均分子量為11000。) [化學式44] Blue Pigment Dispersion 1: Blue Pigment Dispersion 1 prepared by the following method: Using a bead mill (the diameter of the zirconium dioxide beads is 0.3 mm), CI Pigment Blue 15 containing 10.00 parts by mass is added over 3 hours: 6. Mix and disperse a mixture of 3.50 parts by mass of dispersant 2 and 86.50 parts by mass of PGMEA to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 with a pressure reducing mechanism (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) was used to perform dispersion processing at a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times, and blue pigment dispersion 1 was obtained. Dispersant 2: Resin with the following structure (The values in parentheses in the main chain represent the molar ratio of each repeating unit. The weight average molecular weight is 11,000.) [Chemical Formula 44]

藍色顏料分散液2:藉由以下方法製備之藍色顏料分散液2 藉由珠磨機(二氧化鋯珠的直徑為0.3mm),經3小時將包含8.27質量份的C.I.顏料藍15:6、6.23質量份的C.I.顏料紫23、5.50質量份的分散劑1、80.00質量份的PGMEA之混合液進行混合及分散,從而製備了顏料分散液。其後,進而使用附減壓機構之高壓分散機NANO-3000-10(Nippon BEE Co.,Ltd.製造),在2000kg/cm 2的壓力下以流量500g/min進行了分散處理。將該分散處理重複進行10次,獲得了藍色顏料分散液2。 Blue Pigment Dispersion 2: Blue Pigment Dispersion 2 prepared by the following method: Using a bead mill (the diameter of the zirconium dioxide beads is 0.3 mm), CI Pigment Blue 15 containing 8.27 parts by mass is added over 3 hours: 6. Mix and disperse a mixture of 6.23 parts by mass of CI Pigment Violet 23, 5.50 parts by mass of dispersant 1, and 80.00 parts by mass of PGMEA to prepare a pigment dispersion. Thereafter, a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 with a pressure reducing mechanism (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) was used to perform dispersion processing at a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion process was repeated 10 times, and a blue pigment dispersion liquid 2 was obtained.

紫色染料溶液1:下述結構的染料的20質量%環己酮溶液(以下所示之結構式中,iPr為異丙基) [化學式45] Purple dye solution 1: 20 mass% cyclohexanone solution of the dye with the following structure (in the structural formula shown below, iPr is isopropyl) [Chemical Formula 45]

光聚合起始劑1:Irgacure OXE03(BASF公司製造) 光聚合起始劑2:Omnirad 2959(IGM Resins B.V.公司製造) 光聚合起始劑3:下述結構的化合物 [化學式46] 樹脂1:下述結構的樹脂(重量平均分子量為11000,在主鏈標記之數值為莫耳比。)的40質量%PGMEA溶液 [化學式47] 聚合性單體1:下述結構的化合物 [化學式48] 聚合性單體2:下述結構的化合物 [化學式49] 聚合性單體3:下述結構的化合物 [化學式50] 環氧化合物1:EHPE3150(Daicel Corporation製造) 界面活性劑1:KF-6001(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造,矽酮系界面活性劑) Photopolymerization initiator 1: Irgacure OXE03 (manufactured by BASF) Photopolymerization initiator 2: Omnirad 2959 (manufactured by IGM Resins BV) Photopolymerization initiator 3: a compound with the following structure [Chemical Formula 46] Resin 1: 40 mass% PGMEA solution [Chemical Formula 47] of a resin with the following structure (weight average molecular weight is 11,000, and the value marked on the main chain is molar ratio.) Polymerizable monomer 1: compound with the following structure [Chemical Formula 48] Polymerizable monomer 2: compound with the following structure [Chemical Formula 49] Polymerizable monomer 3: compound with the following structure [Chemical Formula 50] Epoxy compound 1: EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation) Surfactant 1: KF-6001 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., silicone-based surfactant)

Claims (15)

一種著色組成物,其係包含著色劑和樹脂之濾色器的綠色像素用著色組成物,其中 前述著色劑包含: 比色指數顏料綠36; 選自比色指數顏料藍15:3、比色指數顏料藍15:4、比色指數顏料藍16、鋁酞青化合物及萘酞青化合物中之至少1種著色劑a;及 包含異吲哚啉化合物之黃色著色劑, 前述黃色著色劑中的前述異吲哚啉化合物的含量為50質量%以上。 A coloring composition for green pixels, which is a color filter containing a colorant and a resin, wherein The aforementioned colorants include: Colorimetric index pigment green 36; At least one colorant a selected from the group consisting of colorimetric index pigment blue 15:3, colorimetric index pigment blue 15:4, colorimetric index pigment blue 16, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds and naphthalocyanine compounds; and Yellow colorants containing isoindoline compounds, The content of the isoindoline compound in the yellow colorant is 50% by mass or more. 如請求項1所述之著色組成物,其中 相對於前述著色劑a的100質量份,包含265質量份以上的前述異吲哚啉化合物。 The coloring composition as described in claim 1, wherein Contains 265 parts by mass or more of the isoindoline compound relative to 100 parts by mass of the colorant a. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之著色組成物,其中 前述異吲哚啉化合物包含比色指數顏料黃185。 The colored composition as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The aforementioned isoindoline compound contains colorimetric index Pigment Yellow 185. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之著色組成物,其中 前述異吲哚啉化合物包含比色指數顏料黃185和比色指數顏料黃139。 The colored composition as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The aforementioned isoindoline compound includes a colorimetric index Pigment Yellow 185 and a colorimetric index Pigment Yellow 139. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之著色組成物,其中 前述著色組成物的總固體成分中的前述著色劑的含量為30~65質量%。 The colored composition as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The content of the colorant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 30 to 65% by mass. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之著色組成物,其中 關於前述著色組成物,相對於波長400~700nm的光之吸光度中在波長526~545nm的範圍內具有吸光度的最小值, 將相對於波長450nm的光之吸光度設為1時,吸光度成為0.20之波長分別存在於490~525nm的範圍內和550~590nm的範圍內, 相對於波長450nm的光之吸光度A 450與相對於波長650nm的光之吸光度A 650之比亦即A 450/A 650為0.40~2.00。 The colored composition according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the coloring composition has a minimum absorbance value in the range of 526 to 545 nm in the absorbance with respect to light with a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm. When the absorbance of light with a wavelength of 450nm is set to 1, the wavelengths with an absorbance of 0.20 exist in the range of 490 to 525nm and in the range of 550 to 590nm respectively. The absorbance of light with a wavelength of 450nm is A 450 and with respect to the light of a wavelength of 650nm. The ratio of absorbance A 650, that is, A 450 /A 650, is 0.40 to 2.00. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之著色組成物,其中 前述樹脂包括選自鹼性樹脂、具有磷酸基之樹脂及具有芳香族羧基之樹脂中之至少1種樹脂。 The colored composition as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The aforementioned resin includes at least one resin selected from the group consisting of a basic resin, a resin having a phosphate group, and a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之著色組成物,其中 前述樹脂包括鹼可溶性樹脂。 The colored composition as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein The aforementioned resins include alkali-soluble resins. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之著色組成物,其還包含聚合性單體及光聚合起始劑。The colored composition according to claim 1 or claim 2, further comprising a polymerizable monomer and a photopolymerization initiator. 如請求項9所述之著色組成物,其中 前述聚合性單體包括包含含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團和伸烷氧基之化合物。 The coloring composition as described in claim 9, wherein The polymerizable monomer includes a compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyloxy group. 一種膜,其使用請求項1至請求項10之任一項所述之著色組成物來獲得。A film obtained using the coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10. 一種結構體,其具有: 綠色像素,係使用請求項1至請求項10之任一項所述之著色組成物來獲得; 紅色像素;及 藍色像素。 A structure that has: Green pixels are obtained by using the coloring composition described in any one of claims 1 to 10; red pixels; and Blue pixels. 如請求項12所述之結構體,其中 前述紅色像素中,相對於400~550nm的波長的光之透射率的最大值為5%以下,相對於600~700nm的波長的光之透射率的最小值為40%以上。 The structure as described in request item 12, wherein In the red pixel, the maximum value of the transmittance for light with a wavelength of 400 to 550 nm is 5% or less, and the minimum value of the transmittance with respect to the light with a wavelength of 600 to 700 nm is 40% or more. 一種濾色器,其具有請求項11所述之膜。A color filter having the film described in claim 11. 一種顯示裝置,其具有請求項11所述之膜。A display device having the film according to claim 11.
TW111149855A 2022-01-17 2022-12-26 Colored composition, film, structure, color filter, and display device TW202406939A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022004843 2022-01-17
JP2022-004843 2022-01-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202406939A true TW202406939A (en) 2024-02-16

Family

ID=87278921

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111149855A TW202406939A (en) 2022-01-17 2022-12-26 Colored composition, film, structure, color filter, and display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2023136028A1 (en)
KR (1) KR20240115310A (en)
TW (1) TW202406939A (en)
WO (1) WO2023136028A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024204797A1 (en) * 2023-03-31 2024-10-03 artience株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition for organic el display devices, photosensitive coloring composition for micro-led display devices, cured film, organic el display device, and micro-led display device

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002354491A (en) * 2001-05-22 2002-12-06 Fuji Film Microdevices Co Ltd Color image pickup device
JP5747979B2 (en) 2013-12-26 2015-07-15 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Color filter for organic EL display
JP6256221B2 (en) * 2014-06-17 2018-01-10 Jsr株式会社 Colored composition, colored cured film, display element and solid-state image sensor
JP2018163287A (en) * 2017-03-27 2018-10-18 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring agent for color filter, coloring composition, and color filter
JP2020070352A (en) * 2018-10-31 2020-05-07 東レ株式会社 Pigment dispersion, negative photosensitive composition, and cured product
JP7363204B2 (en) * 2019-08-29 2023-10-18 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Phthalocyanine pigments, coloring compositions and color filters
KR20220146572A (en) * 2020-03-25 2022-11-01 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Colored photosensitive composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state image sensor, and image display device
JP2021183663A (en) * 2020-05-21 2021-12-02 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Colored composition, photosensitive colored composition, color filter, and solid state imaging element

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20240115310A (en) 2024-07-25
JPWO2023136028A1 (en) 2023-07-20
WO2023136028A1 (en) 2023-07-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI759432B (en) Composition, infrared absorption film, infrared cut-off filter, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor, camera module, and new compound
TW202140656A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
JP2024009929A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
TWI843816B (en) Coloring composition, hardened film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
TW202406939A (en) Colored composition, film, structure, color filter, and display device
KR20220146572A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state image sensor, and image display device
JP7462807B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TW202400666A (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
KR102668934B1 (en) Coloring compositions, cured films, structures, color filters and display devices
TW202229465A (en) Colored composition, cured material, color filter, solid-state image sensor, image display device, and compound
JP2022119701A (en) Photosensitive composition, method for producing photosensitive composition, film, optical filter, solid state image sensor and image display device
TW202212492A (en) Composition, film, optical filer, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, compound and infrared absorbent
WO2022044616A1 (en) Photosensitive composition, optical filter manufacturing method, and solid image pickup element manufacturing method
TW202138476A (en) Photosensitive colored composition, cured material,color filter, solid-state image sensor, image display device, and asymmetric diketopyrrolopyrrole compound
TW202115138A (en) Resin, curable composition, cured material, color filter,solid-state imaging element, image display device, and high molecular compound
JP7415020B2 (en) Colored composition, optical filter manufacturing method, and solid-state imaging device manufacturing method
WO2023162791A1 (en) Infrared absorbing composition, infrared absorber, film, optical filter and solid-state imaging element
TW202328353A (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, display device, and structural body
TW202212493A (en) Coloring composition, cured film, structure body, color filter, and display device
TW202338012A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
TW202301030A (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, and display device
KR20230067652A (en) Coloring compositions, films, color filters, optical sensors and display devices
TW202402967A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2023182017A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2022230625A1 (en) Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound